1 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
---|
2 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
---|
3 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"[
|
---|
4 | <!ENTITY % all.entities SYSTEM "all-entities.ent">
|
---|
5 | %all.entities;
|
---|
6 | ]>
|
---|
7 | <chapter id="AdvancedTopics">
|
---|
8 |
|
---|
9 | <title>Advanced Topics</title>
|
---|
10 |
|
---|
11 | <sect1 id="vboxsdl">
|
---|
12 |
|
---|
13 | <title>VBoxSDL, The Simplified VM Displayer</title>
|
---|
14 |
|
---|
15 | <sect2 id="vboxsdl-intro">
|
---|
16 |
|
---|
17 | <title>Introduction</title>
|
---|
18 |
|
---|
19 | <para>
|
---|
20 | VBoxSDL is a simple graphical user interface (GUI) that lacks
|
---|
21 | the nice point-and-click support of the main GUI, VirtualBox.
|
---|
22 | VBoxSDL is currently primarily used internally for debugging
|
---|
23 | VirtualBox and therefore not officially supported. But you may
|
---|
24 | find it useful for environments where the virtual machines are
|
---|
25 | not necessarily controlled by the same person that uses the
|
---|
26 | virtual machine.
|
---|
27 | </para>
|
---|
28 |
|
---|
29 | <note>
|
---|
30 | <para>
|
---|
31 | VBoxSDL is not available on the Mac OS X host platform.
|
---|
32 | </para>
|
---|
33 | </note>
|
---|
34 |
|
---|
35 | <para>
|
---|
36 | As shown in the following screenshot, VBoxSDL provides a simple
|
---|
37 | window that contains only the "pure" virtual machine, without
|
---|
38 | menus or other controls to click and with no additional
|
---|
39 | indicators of virtual machine activity.
|
---|
40 | </para>
|
---|
41 |
|
---|
42 | <para>
|
---|
43 | <mediaobject>
|
---|
44 | <imageobject>
|
---|
45 | <imagedata align="center" fileref="images/vbox-sdl.png"
|
---|
46 | width="10cm" />
|
---|
47 | </imageobject>
|
---|
48 | </mediaobject>
|
---|
49 | </para>
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | <para>
|
---|
52 | To start a virtual machine with VBoxSDL instead of the
|
---|
53 | VirtualBox GUI, enter the following on a command line:
|
---|
54 | </para>
|
---|
55 |
|
---|
56 | <screen>VBoxSDL --startvm <vm></screen>
|
---|
57 |
|
---|
58 | <para>
|
---|
59 | where <computeroutput><vm></computeroutput> is the name or
|
---|
60 | UUID of an existing virtual machine.
|
---|
61 | </para>
|
---|
62 |
|
---|
63 | </sect2>
|
---|
64 |
|
---|
65 | <sect2 id="vboxsdl-secure-label">
|
---|
66 |
|
---|
67 | <title>Secure Labeling with VBoxSDL</title>
|
---|
68 |
|
---|
69 | <para>
|
---|
70 | When running guest operating systems in full screen mode, the
|
---|
71 | guest operating system usually has control over the whole
|
---|
72 | screen. This could present a security risk as the guest
|
---|
73 | operating system might fool the user into thinking that it is
|
---|
74 | either a different system, which might have a higher security
|
---|
75 | level, or it might present messages on the screen that appear to
|
---|
76 | stem from the host operating system.
|
---|
77 | </para>
|
---|
78 |
|
---|
79 | <para>
|
---|
80 | In order to protect the user against the above mentioned
|
---|
81 | security risks, the secure labeling feature has been developed.
|
---|
82 | Secure labeling is currently available only for VBoxSDL. When
|
---|
83 | enabled, a portion of the display area is reserved for a label
|
---|
84 | in which a user defined message is displayed. The label height
|
---|
85 | is set to 20 pixels in VBoxSDL. The label font color and
|
---|
86 | background color can be optionally set as hexadecimal RGB color
|
---|
87 | values. The following syntax is used to enable secure labeling:
|
---|
88 | </para>
|
---|
89 |
|
---|
90 | <screen>VBoxSDL --startvm "VM name"
|
---|
91 | --securelabel --seclabelfnt ~/fonts/arial.ttf
|
---|
92 | --seclabelsiz 14 --seclabelfgcol 00FF00 --seclabelbgcol 00FFFF</screen>
|
---|
93 |
|
---|
94 | <para>
|
---|
95 | In addition to enabling secure labeling, a TrueType font has to
|
---|
96 | be supplied. To use another font size than 12 point use the
|
---|
97 | parameter <computeroutput>--seclabelsiz</computeroutput>.
|
---|
98 | </para>
|
---|
99 |
|
---|
100 | <para>
|
---|
101 | The label text can be set with:
|
---|
102 | </para>
|
---|
103 |
|
---|
104 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxSDL/SecureLabel" "The Label"</screen>
|
---|
105 |
|
---|
106 | <para>
|
---|
107 | Changing this label will take effect immediately.
|
---|
108 | </para>
|
---|
109 |
|
---|
110 | <para>
|
---|
111 | Typically, full screen resolutions are limited to certain
|
---|
112 | standard geometries such as 1024 x 768. Increasing this by
|
---|
113 | twenty lines is not usually feasible, so in most cases, VBoxSDL
|
---|
114 | will chose the next higher resolution, such as 1280 x 1024 and
|
---|
115 | the guest's screen will not cover the whole display surface. If
|
---|
116 | VBoxSDL is unable to choose a higher resolution, the secure
|
---|
117 | label will be painted on top of the guest's screen surface. In
|
---|
118 | order to address the problem of the bottom part of the guest
|
---|
119 | screen being hidden, VBoxSDL can provide custom video modes to
|
---|
120 | the guest that are reduced by the height of the label. For
|
---|
121 | Windows guests and recent Solaris and Linux guests, the
|
---|
122 | VirtualBox Guest Additions automatically provide the reduced
|
---|
123 | video modes. Additionally, the VESA BIOS has been adjusted to
|
---|
124 | duplicate its standard mode table with adjusted resolutions. The
|
---|
125 | adjusted mode IDs can be calculated using the following formula:
|
---|
126 | </para>
|
---|
127 |
|
---|
128 | <screen>reduced_modeid = modeid + 0x30</screen>
|
---|
129 |
|
---|
130 | <para>
|
---|
131 | For example, in order to start Linux with 1024 x 748 x 16, the
|
---|
132 | standard mode 0x117 (1024 x 768 x 16) is used as a base. The
|
---|
133 | Linux video mode kernel parameter can then be calculated using:
|
---|
134 | </para>
|
---|
135 |
|
---|
136 | <screen>vga = 0x200 | 0x117 + 0x30
|
---|
137 | vga = 839</screen>
|
---|
138 |
|
---|
139 | <para>
|
---|
140 | The reason for duplicating the standard modes instead of only
|
---|
141 | supplying the adjusted modes is that most guest operating
|
---|
142 | systems require the standard VESA modes to be fixed and refuse
|
---|
143 | to start with different modes.
|
---|
144 | </para>
|
---|
145 |
|
---|
146 | <para>
|
---|
147 | When using the X.org VESA driver, custom modelines have to be
|
---|
148 | calculated and added to the configuration, usually in
|
---|
149 | <literal>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</literal>. A handy tool to determine
|
---|
150 | modeline entries can be found at:
|
---|
151 | <ulink
|
---|
152 | url="http://www.tkk.fi/Misc/Electronics/faq/vga2rgb/calc.html">http://www.tkk.fi/Misc/Electronics/faq/vga2rgb/calc.html</ulink>.
|
---|
153 | </para>
|
---|
154 |
|
---|
155 | </sect2>
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | <sect2 id="vboxsdl-modifier-release">
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | <title>Releasing Modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux</title>
|
---|
160 |
|
---|
161 | <para>
|
---|
162 | When switching from a X virtual terminal (VT) to another VT
|
---|
163 | using Ctrl-Alt-F<replaceable>x</replaceable> while the VBoxSDL
|
---|
164 | window has the input focus, the guest will receive Ctrl and Alt
|
---|
165 | keypress events without receiving the corresponding key release
|
---|
166 | events. This is an architectural limitation of Linux. In order
|
---|
167 | to reset the modifier keys, it is possible to send
|
---|
168 | <computeroutput>SIGUSR1</computeroutput> to the VBoxSDL main
|
---|
169 | thread, the first entry in the
|
---|
170 | <computeroutput>ps</computeroutput> list. For example, when
|
---|
171 | switching away to another VT and saving the virtual machine from
|
---|
172 | this terminal, the following sequence can be used to make sure
|
---|
173 | the VM is not saved with stuck modifiers:
|
---|
174 | </para>
|
---|
175 |
|
---|
176 | <screen>kill -usr1 <pid>
|
---|
177 | VBoxManage controlvm "Windows 2000" savestate</screen>
|
---|
178 |
|
---|
179 | </sect2>
|
---|
180 |
|
---|
181 | </sect1>
|
---|
182 |
|
---|
183 | <sect1 id="autologon">
|
---|
184 |
|
---|
185 | <title>Automated Guest Logons</title>
|
---|
186 |
|
---|
187 | <para>
|
---|
188 | VirtualBox provides Guest Addition modules for Windows, Linux, and
|
---|
189 | Solaris to enable automated logons on the guest.
|
---|
190 | </para>
|
---|
191 |
|
---|
192 | <para>
|
---|
193 | When a guest operating system is running in a virtual machine, it
|
---|
194 | might be desirable to perform coordinated and automated logons
|
---|
195 | using credentials from a master logon system. Credentials are user
|
---|
196 | name, password, and domain name, where each value might be empty.
|
---|
197 | </para>
|
---|
198 |
|
---|
199 | <sect2 id="autologon_win">
|
---|
200 |
|
---|
201 | <title>Automated Windows Guest Logons</title>
|
---|
202 |
|
---|
203 | <para>
|
---|
204 | Since Windows NT, Windows has provided a modular system logon
|
---|
205 | subsystem, called Winlogon, which can be customized and extended
|
---|
206 | by means of so-called GINA (Graphical Identification and
|
---|
207 | Authentication) modules. With Windows Vista and Windows 7, the
|
---|
208 | GINA modules were replaced with a new mechanism called
|
---|
209 | credential providers. The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows
|
---|
210 | come with both, a GINA and a credential provider module, and
|
---|
211 | therefore enable any Windows guest to perform automated logons.
|
---|
212 | </para>
|
---|
213 |
|
---|
214 | <para>
|
---|
215 | To activate the VirtualBox GINA or credential provider module,
|
---|
216 | install the Guest Additions using the command line switch
|
---|
217 | <computeroutput>/with_autologon</computeroutput>. All the
|
---|
218 | following manual steps required for installing these modules
|
---|
219 | will be then done by the installer.
|
---|
220 | </para>
|
---|
221 |
|
---|
222 | <para>
|
---|
223 | To manually install the VirtualBox GINA module, extract the
|
---|
224 | Guest Additions as shown in
|
---|
225 | <xref linkend="windows-guest-file-extraction" /> and copy the
|
---|
226 | file <computeroutput>VBoxGINA.dll</computeroutput> to the
|
---|
227 | Windows <computeroutput>SYSTEM32</computeroutput> directory.
|
---|
228 | Then, in the registry, create the following key with a value of
|
---|
229 | <computeroutput>VBoxGINA.dll</computeroutput>.:
|
---|
230 | </para>
|
---|
231 |
|
---|
232 | <screen>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon\GinaDLL</screen>
|
---|
233 |
|
---|
234 | <note>
|
---|
235 | <para>
|
---|
236 | The VirtualBox GINA module is implemented as a wrapper around
|
---|
237 | the standard Windows GINA module,
|
---|
238 | <computeroutput>MSGINA.DLL</computeroutput>. As a result, it
|
---|
239 | may not work correctly with third party GINA modules.
|
---|
240 | </para>
|
---|
241 | </note>
|
---|
242 |
|
---|
243 | <para>
|
---|
244 | To manually install the VirtualBox credential provider module,
|
---|
245 | extract the Guest Additions as shown in
|
---|
246 | <xref
|
---|
247 | linkend="windows-guest-file-extraction" /> and copy
|
---|
248 | the file <computeroutput>VBoxCredProv.dll</computeroutput> to
|
---|
249 | the Windows <computeroutput>SYSTEM32</computeroutput> directory.
|
---|
250 | In the registry, create the following keys:
|
---|
251 |
|
---|
252 | <screen>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\
|
---|
253 | Authentication\Credential Providers\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}
|
---|
254 |
|
---|
255 | HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}
|
---|
256 |
|
---|
257 | HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}\InprocServer32</screen>
|
---|
258 | </para>
|
---|
259 |
|
---|
260 | <para>
|
---|
261 | All default values, the key named
|
---|
262 | <computeroutput>Default</computeroutput>, must be set to
|
---|
263 | <computeroutput>VBoxCredProv</computeroutput>.
|
---|
264 | </para>
|
---|
265 |
|
---|
266 | <para>
|
---|
267 | Create a new string named as follows, with a value of
|
---|
268 | <computeroutput>Apartment</computeroutput>.
|
---|
269 | </para>
|
---|
270 |
|
---|
271 | <screen>HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{275D3BCC-22BB-4948-A7F6-3A3054EBA92B}\InprocServer32\ThreadingModel</screen>
|
---|
272 |
|
---|
273 | <para>
|
---|
274 | To set credentials, use the following command on a
|
---|
275 | <emphasis>running</emphasis> VM:
|
---|
276 | </para>
|
---|
277 |
|
---|
278 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "Windows XP" setcredentials "John Doe" "secretpassword" "DOMTEST"</screen>
|
---|
279 |
|
---|
280 | <para>
|
---|
281 | While the VM is running, the credentials can be queried by the
|
---|
282 | VirtualBox logon modules, GINA or credential provider, using the
|
---|
283 | VirtualBox Guest Additions device driver. When Windows is in
|
---|
284 | <emphasis>logged out</emphasis> mode, the logon modules will
|
---|
285 | constantly poll for credentials and if they are present, a logon
|
---|
286 | will be attempted. After retrieving the credentials, the logon
|
---|
287 | modules will erase them so that the above command will have to
|
---|
288 | be repeated for subsequent logons.
|
---|
289 | </para>
|
---|
290 |
|
---|
291 | <para>
|
---|
292 | For security reasons, credentials are not stored in any
|
---|
293 | persistent manner and will be lost when the VM is reset. Also,
|
---|
294 | the credentials are write-only. There is no way to retrieve the
|
---|
295 | credentials from the host side. Credentials can be reset from
|
---|
296 | the host side by setting empty values.
|
---|
297 | </para>
|
---|
298 |
|
---|
299 | <para>
|
---|
300 | Depending on the particular variant of the Windows guest, the
|
---|
301 | following restrictions apply:
|
---|
302 | </para>
|
---|
303 |
|
---|
304 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
305 |
|
---|
306 | <listitem>
|
---|
307 | <para>
|
---|
308 | For <emphasis role="bold">Windows XP guests.</emphasis> The
|
---|
309 | logon subsystem needs to be configured to use the classic
|
---|
310 | logon dialog as the VirtualBox GINA module does not support
|
---|
311 | the XP-style welcome dialog.
|
---|
312 | </para>
|
---|
313 | </listitem>
|
---|
314 |
|
---|
315 | <listitem>
|
---|
316 | <para>
|
---|
317 | <emphasis role="bold">Windows Vista, Windows 7, and Windows
|
---|
318 | 8 guests.</emphasis> The logon subsystem does not support
|
---|
319 | the so-called Secure Attention Sequence,
|
---|
320 | <computeroutput>Ctrl+Alt+Del</computeroutput>. As a result,
|
---|
321 | the guest's group policy settings need to be changed to not
|
---|
322 | use the Secure Attention Sequence. Also, the user name given
|
---|
323 | is only compared to the true user name, not the user
|
---|
324 | friendly name. This means that when you rename a user, you
|
---|
325 | still have to supply the original user name as Windows never
|
---|
326 | renames user accounts internally.
|
---|
327 | </para>
|
---|
328 | </listitem>
|
---|
329 |
|
---|
330 | <listitem>
|
---|
331 | <para>
|
---|
332 | Auto-logon handling of the built-in
|
---|
333 | <emphasis role="bold">Windows Remote Desktop
|
---|
334 | Service</emphasis>, formerly known as Terminal Services, is
|
---|
335 | disabled by default. To enable it, create the following
|
---|
336 | registry key with a <computeroutput>DWORD</computeroutput>
|
---|
337 | value of <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>.
|
---|
338 | </para>
|
---|
339 |
|
---|
340 | <screen>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Oracle\VirtualBox Guest Additions\AutoLogon</screen>
|
---|
341 | </listitem>
|
---|
342 |
|
---|
343 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
344 |
|
---|
345 | <para>
|
---|
346 | The following command forces VirtualBox to keep the credentials
|
---|
347 | after they were read by the guest and on VM reset:
|
---|
348 |
|
---|
349 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "Windows XP" VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/KeepCredentials 1</screen>
|
---|
350 |
|
---|
351 | Note that this is a potential security risk, as a malicious
|
---|
352 | application running on the guest could request this information
|
---|
353 | using the proper interface.
|
---|
354 | </para>
|
---|
355 |
|
---|
356 | </sect2>
|
---|
357 |
|
---|
358 | <sect2 id="autologon_unix">
|
---|
359 |
|
---|
360 | <title>Automated Linux and Unix Guest Logons</title>
|
---|
361 |
|
---|
362 | <para>
|
---|
363 | Starting with version 3.2, VirtualBox provides a custom PAM
|
---|
364 | module (Pluggable Authentication Module) which can be used to
|
---|
365 | perform automated guest logons on platforms which support this
|
---|
366 | framework. Virtually all modern Linux and Unix distributions
|
---|
367 | rely on PAM.
|
---|
368 | </para>
|
---|
369 |
|
---|
370 | <para>
|
---|
371 | For automated logons on Ubuntu, or Ubuntu-derived, distributions
|
---|
372 | using LightDM as the display manager, see
|
---|
373 | <xref linkend="autologon_unix_lightdm" />.
|
---|
374 | </para>
|
---|
375 |
|
---|
376 | <para>
|
---|
377 | The <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module itself
|
---|
378 | <emphasis>does not</emphasis> do an actual verification of the
|
---|
379 | credentials passed to the guest OS. Instead it relies on other
|
---|
380 | modules such as <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput> or
|
---|
381 | <computeroutput>pam_unix2.so</computeroutput> down in the PAM
|
---|
382 | stack to do the actual validation using the credentials
|
---|
383 | retrieved by <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput>.
|
---|
384 | Therefore <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> has to be
|
---|
385 | on top of the authentication PAM service list.
|
---|
386 | </para>
|
---|
387 |
|
---|
388 | <note>
|
---|
389 | <para>
|
---|
390 | The <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module only
|
---|
391 | supports the <computeroutput>auth</computeroutput> primitive.
|
---|
392 | Other primitives such as
|
---|
393 | <computeroutput>account</computeroutput>,
|
---|
394 | <computeroutput>session</computeroutput>, or
|
---|
395 | <computeroutput>password</computeroutput> are not supported.
|
---|
396 | </para>
|
---|
397 | </note>
|
---|
398 |
|
---|
399 | <para>
|
---|
400 | The <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module is
|
---|
401 | shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed
|
---|
402 | and/or activated on the guest OS by default. In order to install
|
---|
403 | it, it has to be copied from
|
---|
404 | <computeroutput>/opt/VBoxGuestAdditions-<version>/other/</computeroutput>
|
---|
405 | to the security modules directory. This is usually
|
---|
406 | <computeroutput>/lib/security/</computeroutput> on 32-bit Linux
|
---|
407 | guests or <computeroutput>/lib64/security/</computeroutput> on
|
---|
408 | 64-bit Linux guests. Please refer to your guest OS documentation
|
---|
409 | for the correct PAM module directory.
|
---|
410 | </para>
|
---|
411 |
|
---|
412 | <para>
|
---|
413 | For example, to use <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput>
|
---|
414 | with a Ubuntu Linux guest OS and the GNOME Desktop Manager (GDM)
|
---|
415 | to logon users automatically with the credentials passed by the
|
---|
416 | host, configure the guest OS as follows:
|
---|
417 | </para>
|
---|
418 |
|
---|
419 | <orderedlist>
|
---|
420 |
|
---|
421 | <listitem>
|
---|
422 | <para>
|
---|
423 | Copy the <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> module
|
---|
424 | to the security modules directory. In this case,
|
---|
425 | <computeroutput>/lib/security</computeroutput>.
|
---|
426 | </para>
|
---|
427 | </listitem>
|
---|
428 |
|
---|
429 | <listitem>
|
---|
430 | <para>
|
---|
431 | Edit the PAM configuration file for GDM, found at
|
---|
432 | <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/gdm</computeroutput>. Add the
|
---|
433 | line <computeroutput>auth requisite
|
---|
434 | pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> at the top. Additionally, in
|
---|
435 | most Linux distributions there is a file called
|
---|
436 | <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-auth</computeroutput>.
|
---|
437 | This file is included in many other services, like the GDM
|
---|
438 | file mentioned above. There you also have to add the line
|
---|
439 | <computeroutput>auth requisite pam_vbox.so</computeroutput>.
|
---|
440 | </para>
|
---|
441 | </listitem>
|
---|
442 |
|
---|
443 | <listitem>
|
---|
444 | <para>
|
---|
445 | If authentication against the shadow database using
|
---|
446 | <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput> or
|
---|
447 | <computeroutput>pam_unix2.so</computeroutput> is desired,
|
---|
448 | the argument <computeroutput>try_first_pass</computeroutput>
|
---|
449 | for <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput> or
|
---|
450 | <computeroutput>use_first_pass</computeroutput> for
|
---|
451 | <computeroutput>pam_unix2.so</computeroutput> is needed in
|
---|
452 | order to pass the credentials from the VirtualBox module to
|
---|
453 | the shadow database authentication module. For Ubuntu, this
|
---|
454 | needs to be added to
|
---|
455 | <computeroutput>/etc/pam.d/common-auth</computeroutput>, to
|
---|
456 | the end of the line referencing
|
---|
457 | <computeroutput>pam_unix.so</computeroutput>. This argument
|
---|
458 | tells the PAM module to use credentials already present in
|
---|
459 | the stack, such as the ones provided by the VirtualBox PAM
|
---|
460 | module.
|
---|
461 | </para>
|
---|
462 | </listitem>
|
---|
463 |
|
---|
464 | </orderedlist>
|
---|
465 |
|
---|
466 | <warning>
|
---|
467 | <para>
|
---|
468 | An incorrectly configured PAM stack can effectively prevent
|
---|
469 | you from logging into your guest system.
|
---|
470 | </para>
|
---|
471 | </warning>
|
---|
472 |
|
---|
473 | <para>
|
---|
474 | To make deployment easier, you can pass the argument
|
---|
475 | <computeroutput>debug</computeroutput> right after the
|
---|
476 | <computeroutput>pam_vbox.so</computeroutput> statement. Debug
|
---|
477 | log output will then be recorded using syslog.
|
---|
478 | </para>
|
---|
479 |
|
---|
480 | <note>
|
---|
481 | <para>
|
---|
482 | By default, pam_vbox will not wait for credentials to arrive
|
---|
483 | from the host. When a login prompt is shown, for example by
|
---|
484 | GDM/KDM or the text console, and pam_vbox does not yet have
|
---|
485 | credentials it does not wait until they arrive. Instead the
|
---|
486 | next module in the PAM stack, depending on the PAM
|
---|
487 | configuration, will have the chance for authentication.
|
---|
488 | </para>
|
---|
489 | </note>
|
---|
490 |
|
---|
491 | <para>
|
---|
492 | Starting with VirtualBox 4.1.4 pam_vbox supports various guest
|
---|
493 | property parameters which all reside in
|
---|
494 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/PAM/</computeroutput>.
|
---|
495 | These parameters allow pam_vbox to wait for credentials to be
|
---|
496 | provided by the host and optionally can show a message while
|
---|
497 | waiting for those. The following guest properties can be set:
|
---|
498 | </para>
|
---|
499 |
|
---|
500 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
501 |
|
---|
502 | <listitem>
|
---|
503 | <para>
|
---|
504 | <computeroutput>CredsWait</computeroutput>: Set to 1 if
|
---|
505 | pam_vbox should start waiting until credentials arrive from
|
---|
506 | the host. Until then no other authentication methods such as
|
---|
507 | manually logging in will be available. If this property is
|
---|
508 | empty or gets deleted no waiting for credentials will be
|
---|
509 | performed and pam_vbox will act like before. This property
|
---|
510 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
511 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
512 | </para>
|
---|
513 | </listitem>
|
---|
514 |
|
---|
515 | <listitem>
|
---|
516 | <para>
|
---|
517 | <computeroutput>CredsWaitAbort</computeroutput>: Aborts
|
---|
518 | waiting for credentials when set to any value. Can be set
|
---|
519 | from host and the guest.
|
---|
520 | </para>
|
---|
521 | </listitem>
|
---|
522 |
|
---|
523 | <listitem>
|
---|
524 | <para>
|
---|
525 | <computeroutput>CredsWaitTimeout</computeroutput>: Timeout,
|
---|
526 | in seconds, to let pam_vbox wait for credentials to arrive.
|
---|
527 | When no credentials arrive within this timeout,
|
---|
528 | authentication of pam_vbox will be set to failed and the
|
---|
529 | next PAM module in chain will be asked. If this property is
|
---|
530 | not specified, set to 0 or an invalid value, an infinite
|
---|
531 | timeout will be used. This property must be set read-only
|
---|
532 | for the guest
|
---|
533 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
534 | </para>
|
---|
535 | </listitem>
|
---|
536 |
|
---|
537 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
538 |
|
---|
539 | <para>
|
---|
540 | To customize pam_vbox further there are the following guest
|
---|
541 | properties:
|
---|
542 | </para>
|
---|
543 |
|
---|
544 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
545 |
|
---|
546 | <listitem>
|
---|
547 | <para>
|
---|
548 | <computeroutput>CredsMsgWaiting</computeroutput>: Custom
|
---|
549 | message showed while pam_vbox is waiting for credentials
|
---|
550 | from the host. This property must be set read-only for the
|
---|
551 | guest (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
552 | </para>
|
---|
553 | </listitem>
|
---|
554 |
|
---|
555 | <listitem>
|
---|
556 | <para>
|
---|
557 | <computeroutput>CredsMsgWaitTimeout</computeroutput>: Custom
|
---|
558 | message showed when waiting for credentials by pam_vbox has
|
---|
559 | timed out. For example, they did not arrive within time.
|
---|
560 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
561 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
562 | </para>
|
---|
563 | </listitem>
|
---|
564 |
|
---|
565 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
566 |
|
---|
567 | <note>
|
---|
568 | <para>
|
---|
569 | If a pam_vbox guest property does not have the correct flag
|
---|
570 | set (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>) the
|
---|
571 | property is ignored and, depending on the property, a default
|
---|
572 | value will be used. This can result in pam_vbox not waiting
|
---|
573 | for credentials. Consult the appropriate syslog file for more
|
---|
574 | information and use the <computeroutput>debug</computeroutput>
|
---|
575 | option.
|
---|
576 | </para>
|
---|
577 | </note>
|
---|
578 |
|
---|
579 | <sect3 id="autologon_unix_lightdm">
|
---|
580 |
|
---|
581 | <title>VirtualBox Greeter for Ubuntu/LightDM</title>
|
---|
582 |
|
---|
583 | <para>
|
---|
584 | Starting with version 4.2.12, VirtualBox comes with an own
|
---|
585 | greeter module named vbox-greeter which can be used with
|
---|
586 | LightDM 1.0.1 or later. LightDM is the default display manager
|
---|
587 | since Ubuntu 10.11 and therefore also can be used for
|
---|
588 | automated guest logons.
|
---|
589 | </para>
|
---|
590 |
|
---|
591 | <para>
|
---|
592 | vbox-greeter does not need the pam_vbox module described above
|
---|
593 | in order to function. It comes with its own authentication
|
---|
594 | mechanism provided by LightDM. However, to provide maximum of
|
---|
595 | flexibility both modules can be used together on the same
|
---|
596 | guest.
|
---|
597 | </para>
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | <para>
|
---|
600 | As with the pam_vbox module, vbox-greeter is shipped as part
|
---|
601 | of the Guest Additions but it is not installed or activated on
|
---|
602 | the guest OS by default. To install vbox-greeter automatically
|
---|
603 | upon Guest Additions installation, use the
|
---|
604 | <computeroutput>--with-autologon</computeroutput> switch when
|
---|
605 | starting the VBoxLinuxAdditions.run file:
|
---|
606 | </para>
|
---|
607 |
|
---|
608 | <screen># ./VBoxLinuxAdditions.run -- --with-autologon</screen>
|
---|
609 |
|
---|
610 | <para>
|
---|
611 | For manual or postponed installation, the
|
---|
612 | <computeroutput>vbox-greeter.desktop</computeroutput> file has
|
---|
613 | to be copied from
|
---|
614 | <computeroutput>/opt/VBoxGuestAdditions-<version>/other/</computeroutput>
|
---|
615 | to the <computeroutput>xgreeters</computeroutput> directory,
|
---|
616 | usually
|
---|
617 | <computeroutput>/usr/share/xgreeters/</computeroutput>. Please
|
---|
618 | refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct LightDM
|
---|
619 | greeter directory.
|
---|
620 | </para>
|
---|
621 |
|
---|
622 | <para>
|
---|
623 | The vbox-greeter module itself already was installed by the
|
---|
624 | VirtualBox Guest Additions installer and resides in
|
---|
625 | <computeroutput>/usr/sbin/</computeroutput>. To enable
|
---|
626 | vbox-greeter as the standard greeter module, the file
|
---|
627 | <computeroutput>/etc/lightdm/lightdm.conf</computeroutput>
|
---|
628 | needs to be edited:
|
---|
629 | </para>
|
---|
630 |
|
---|
631 | <para>
|
---|
632 | <screen>[SeatDefaults]
|
---|
633 | greeter-session=vbox-greeter</screen>
|
---|
634 | </para>
|
---|
635 |
|
---|
636 | <note>
|
---|
637 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
638 |
|
---|
639 | <listitem>
|
---|
640 | <para>
|
---|
641 | The LightDM server needs to be fully restarted in order
|
---|
642 | for vbox-greeter to be used as the default greeter. As
|
---|
643 | root, run <computeroutput>service lightdm
|
---|
644 | --full-restart</computeroutput> on Ubuntu, or simply
|
---|
645 | restart the guest.
|
---|
646 | </para>
|
---|
647 | </listitem>
|
---|
648 |
|
---|
649 | <listitem>
|
---|
650 | <para>
|
---|
651 | vbox-greeter is independent of the graphical session
|
---|
652 | chosen by the user, such as Gnome, KDE, or Unity.
|
---|
653 | However, it requires FLTK 1.3 for representing its own
|
---|
654 | user interface.
|
---|
655 | </para>
|
---|
656 | </listitem>
|
---|
657 |
|
---|
658 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
659 | </note>
|
---|
660 |
|
---|
661 | <para>
|
---|
662 | There are numerous guest properties which can be used to
|
---|
663 | further customize the login experience. For automatically
|
---|
664 | logging in users, the same guest properties apply as for
|
---|
665 | pam_vbox. See <xref linkend="autologon_unix" />.
|
---|
666 | </para>
|
---|
667 |
|
---|
668 | <para>
|
---|
669 | In addition to the above mentioned guest properties,
|
---|
670 | vbox-greeter allows further customization of its user
|
---|
671 | interface. These special guest properties all reside in
|
---|
672 | <computeroutput>/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/Greeter/</computeroutput>:
|
---|
673 | </para>
|
---|
674 |
|
---|
675 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
676 |
|
---|
677 | <listitem>
|
---|
678 | <para>
|
---|
679 | <computeroutput>HideRestart</computeroutput>: Set to 1 if
|
---|
680 | vbox-greeter should hide the button to restart the guest.
|
---|
681 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
682 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
683 | </para>
|
---|
684 | </listitem>
|
---|
685 |
|
---|
686 | <listitem>
|
---|
687 | <para>
|
---|
688 | <computeroutput>HideShutdown</computeroutput>: Set to 1 if
|
---|
689 | vbox-greeter should hide the button to shutdown the guest.
|
---|
690 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
691 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
692 | </para>
|
---|
693 | </listitem>
|
---|
694 |
|
---|
695 | <listitem>
|
---|
696 | <para>
|
---|
697 | <computeroutput>BannerPath</computeroutput>: Path to a
|
---|
698 | .PNG file for using it as a banner on the top. The image
|
---|
699 | size must be 460 x 90 pixels, any bit depth. This property
|
---|
700 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
701 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
702 | </para>
|
---|
703 | </listitem>
|
---|
704 |
|
---|
705 | <listitem>
|
---|
706 | <para>
|
---|
707 | <computeroutput>UseTheming</computeroutput>: Set to 1 for
|
---|
708 | turning on the following theming options. This property
|
---|
709 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
710 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
711 | </para>
|
---|
712 | </listitem>
|
---|
713 |
|
---|
714 | <listitem>
|
---|
715 | <para>
|
---|
716 | <computeroutput>Theme/BackgroundColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
717 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the background. This property
|
---|
718 | must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
719 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
720 | </para>
|
---|
721 | </listitem>
|
---|
722 |
|
---|
723 | <listitem>
|
---|
724 | <para>
|
---|
725 | <computeroutput>Theme/LogonDialog/HeaderColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
726 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB foreground color for the header text.
|
---|
727 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
728 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
729 | </para>
|
---|
730 | </listitem>
|
---|
731 |
|
---|
732 | <listitem>
|
---|
733 | <para>
|
---|
734 | <computeroutput>Theme/LogonDialog/BackgroundColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
735 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the logon dialog background.
|
---|
736 | This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
737 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
738 | </para>
|
---|
739 | </listitem>
|
---|
740 |
|
---|
741 | <listitem>
|
---|
742 | <para>
|
---|
743 | <computeroutput>Theme/LogonDialog/ButtonColor</computeroutput>:
|
---|
744 | Hexadecimal RRGGBB background color for the logon dialog
|
---|
745 | button. This property must be set read-only for the guest
|
---|
746 | (<computeroutput>RDONLYGUEST</computeroutput>).
|
---|
747 | </para>
|
---|
748 | </listitem>
|
---|
749 |
|
---|
750 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
751 |
|
---|
752 | <note>
|
---|
753 | <para>
|
---|
754 | The same restrictions for the guest properties above apply
|
---|
755 | as for the ones specified in the pam_vbox section.
|
---|
756 | </para>
|
---|
757 | </note>
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | </sect3>
|
---|
760 |
|
---|
761 | </sect2>
|
---|
762 |
|
---|
763 | </sect1>
|
---|
764 |
|
---|
765 | <sect1 id="adv-config-win-guest">
|
---|
766 |
|
---|
767 | <title>Advanced Configuration for Windows Guests</title>
|
---|
768 |
|
---|
769 | <sect2 id="sysprep">
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 | <title>Automated Windows System Preparation</title>
|
---|
772 |
|
---|
773 | <para>
|
---|
774 | Beginning with Windows NT 4.0, Microsoft offers a system
|
---|
775 | preparation tool called Sysprep, to prepare a Windows system for
|
---|
776 | deployment or redistribution. Whereas Windows 2000 and XP ship
|
---|
777 | with Sysprep on the installation medium, the tool also is
|
---|
778 | available for download on the Microsoft web site. In a standard
|
---|
779 | installation of Windows Vista and 7, Sysprep is already
|
---|
780 | included. Sysprep mainly consists of an executable called
|
---|
781 | <computeroutput>sysprep.exe</computeroutput> which is invoked by
|
---|
782 | the user to put the Windows installation into preparation mode.
|
---|
783 | </para>
|
---|
784 |
|
---|
785 | <para>
|
---|
786 | Starting with VirtualBox 3.2.2, the Guest Additions offer a way
|
---|
787 | to launch a system preparation on the guest operating system in
|
---|
788 | an automated way, controlled from the host system. See
|
---|
789 | <xref linkend="guestadd-guestcontrol" /> for details of how to
|
---|
790 | use this feature with the special identifier
|
---|
791 | <computeroutput>sysprep</computeroutput> as the program to
|
---|
792 | execute, along with the user name
|
---|
793 | <computeroutput>sysprep</computeroutput> and password
|
---|
794 | <computeroutput>sysprep</computeroutput> for the credentials.
|
---|
795 | Sysprep then gets launched with the required system rights.
|
---|
796 | </para>
|
---|
797 |
|
---|
798 | <note>
|
---|
799 | <para>
|
---|
800 | Specifying the location of "sysprep.exe" is
|
---|
801 | <emphasis
|
---|
802 | role="bold">not possible</emphasis>. Instead
|
---|
803 | the following paths are used, based on the operating system:
|
---|
804 | </para>
|
---|
805 |
|
---|
806 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
807 |
|
---|
808 | <listitem>
|
---|
809 | <para>
|
---|
810 | <computeroutput>C:\sysprep\sysprep.exe</computeroutput>
|
---|
811 | for Windows NT 4.0, 2000 and XP
|
---|
812 | </para>
|
---|
813 | </listitem>
|
---|
814 |
|
---|
815 | <listitem>
|
---|
816 | <para>
|
---|
817 | <computeroutput>%WINDIR%\System32\Sysprep\sysprep.exe</computeroutput>
|
---|
818 | for Windows Vista, 2008 Server and 7
|
---|
819 | </para>
|
---|
820 | </listitem>
|
---|
821 |
|
---|
822 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
823 |
|
---|
824 | <para>
|
---|
825 | The Guest Additions will automatically use the appropriate
|
---|
826 | path to execute the system preparation tool.
|
---|
827 | </para>
|
---|
828 | </note>
|
---|
829 |
|
---|
830 | </sect2>
|
---|
831 |
|
---|
832 | </sect1>
|
---|
833 |
|
---|
834 | <sect1 id="adv-config-linux-guest">
|
---|
835 |
|
---|
836 | <title>Advanced Configuration for Linux and Solaris Guests</title>
|
---|
837 |
|
---|
838 | <sect2 id="linux-guest-manual-setup">
|
---|
839 |
|
---|
840 | <title>Manual Setup of Selected Guest Services on Linux</title>
|
---|
841 |
|
---|
842 | <para>
|
---|
843 | The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain several different
|
---|
844 | drivers. If for any reason you do not wish to set them all up,
|
---|
845 | you can install the Guest Additions using the following command:
|
---|
846 | </para>
|
---|
847 |
|
---|
848 | <screen> sh ./VBoxLinuxAdditions.run no_setup</screen>
|
---|
849 |
|
---|
850 | <para>
|
---|
851 | After this, you will need to at least compile the kernel modules
|
---|
852 | by running the command as root:
|
---|
853 | </para>
|
---|
854 |
|
---|
855 | <screen> rcvboxadd setup</screen>
|
---|
856 |
|
---|
857 | <para>
|
---|
858 | You will need to replace <emphasis>lib</emphasis> by
|
---|
859 | <emphasis>lib64</emphasis> on some 64bit guests, and on older
|
---|
860 | guests without the udev service you will need to add the
|
---|
861 | <emphasis>vboxadd</emphasis> service to the default runlevel to
|
---|
862 | ensure that the modules get loaded.
|
---|
863 | </para>
|
---|
864 |
|
---|
865 | <para>
|
---|
866 | To setup the time synchronization service, add the service
|
---|
867 | vboxadd-service to the default runlevel. To set up the X11 and
|
---|
868 | OpenGL part of the Guest Additions, run the command
|
---|
869 |
|
---|
870 | <screen> rcvboxadd-x11 setup</screen>
|
---|
871 |
|
---|
872 | You do not need to enable any services for this.
|
---|
873 | </para>
|
---|
874 |
|
---|
875 | <para>
|
---|
876 | To recompile the guest kernel modules, use this command:
|
---|
877 |
|
---|
878 | <screen> rcvboxadd setup</screen>
|
---|
879 |
|
---|
880 | After compilation you should reboot your guest to ensure that
|
---|
881 | the new modules are actually used.
|
---|
882 | </para>
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | </sect2>
|
---|
885 |
|
---|
886 | <sect2 id="guestxorgsetup">
|
---|
887 |
|
---|
888 | <title>Guest Graphics and Mouse Driver Setup in Depth</title>
|
---|
889 |
|
---|
890 | <para>
|
---|
891 | This section assumes that you are familiar with configuring the
|
---|
892 | X.Org server using xorg.conf and optionally the newer mechanisms
|
---|
893 | using hal or udev and xorg.conf.d. If not you can learn about
|
---|
894 | them by studying the documentation which comes with X.Org.
|
---|
895 | </para>
|
---|
896 |
|
---|
897 | <para>
|
---|
898 | The VirtualBox Guest Additions include the following drivers for
|
---|
899 | X.Org versions:
|
---|
900 | </para>
|
---|
901 |
|
---|
902 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
903 |
|
---|
904 | <listitem>
|
---|
905 | <para>
|
---|
906 | X11R6.8/X11R6.9 and XFree86 version 4.3 (vboxvideo_drv_68.o
|
---|
907 | and vboxmouse_drv_68.o)
|
---|
908 | </para>
|
---|
909 | </listitem>
|
---|
910 |
|
---|
911 | <listitem>
|
---|
912 | <para>
|
---|
913 | X11R7.0 (vboxvideo_drv_70.so and vboxmouse_drv_70.so)
|
---|
914 | </para>
|
---|
915 | </listitem>
|
---|
916 |
|
---|
917 | <listitem>
|
---|
918 | <para>
|
---|
919 | X11R7.1 (vboxvideo_drv_71.so and vboxmouse_drv_71.so)
|
---|
920 | </para>
|
---|
921 | </listitem>
|
---|
922 |
|
---|
923 | <listitem>
|
---|
924 | <para>
|
---|
925 | X.Org Server versions 1.3 and later (vboxvideo_drv_13.so
|
---|
926 | vboxmouse_drv_13.so, and later versions).
|
---|
927 | </para>
|
---|
928 | </listitem>
|
---|
929 |
|
---|
930 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
931 |
|
---|
932 | <para>
|
---|
933 | By default these drivers can be found in the folowing directory:
|
---|
934 | </para>
|
---|
935 |
|
---|
936 | <para>
|
---|
937 | <computeroutput>/opt/VBoxGuestAdditions-<version>/other/</computeroutput>
|
---|
938 | </para>
|
---|
939 |
|
---|
940 | <para>
|
---|
941 | The correct versions for the X server are symbolically linked
|
---|
942 | into the X.Org driver directories.
|
---|
943 | </para>
|
---|
944 |
|
---|
945 | <para>
|
---|
946 | For graphics integration to work correctly, the X server must
|
---|
947 | load the vboxvideo driver. Many recent X server versions look
|
---|
948 | for it automatically if they see that they are running in
|
---|
949 | VirtualBox. For an optimal user experience the guest kernel
|
---|
950 | drivers must be loaded and the Guest Additions tool VBoxClient
|
---|
951 | must be running as a client in the X session. For mouse
|
---|
952 | integration to work correctly, the guest kernel drivers must be
|
---|
953 | loaded and in addition, in X servers from X.Org X11R6.8 to
|
---|
954 | X11R7.1 and in XFree86 version 4.3 the right vboxmouse driver
|
---|
955 | must be loaded and associated with /dev/mouse or /dev/psaux. In
|
---|
956 | X.Org server 1.3 or later a driver for a PS/2 mouse must be
|
---|
957 | loaded and the right vboxmouse driver must be associated with
|
---|
958 | /dev/vboxguest.
|
---|
959 | </para>
|
---|
960 |
|
---|
961 | <para>
|
---|
962 | The VirtualBox guest graphics driver can use any graphics
|
---|
963 | configuration for which the virtual resolution fits into the
|
---|
964 | virtual video memory allocated to the virtual machine, minus a
|
---|
965 | small amount used by the guest driver, as described in
|
---|
966 | <xref
|
---|
967 | linkend="settings-display" />. The driver will offer
|
---|
968 | a range of standard modes at least up to the default guest
|
---|
969 | resolution for all active guest monitors. In X.Org Server 1.3
|
---|
970 | and later the default mode can be changed by setting the output
|
---|
971 | property VBOX_MODE to "<width>x<height>" for any
|
---|
972 | guest monitor. When VBoxClient and the kernel drivers are active
|
---|
973 | this is done automatically when the host requests a mode change.
|
---|
974 | The driver for older versions can only receive new modes by
|
---|
975 | querying the host for requests at regular intervals.
|
---|
976 | </para>
|
---|
977 |
|
---|
978 | <para>
|
---|
979 | With pre-1.3 X Servers you can also add your own modes to the X
|
---|
980 | server configuration file. You simply need to add them to the
|
---|
981 | "Modes" list in the "Display" subsection of the "Screen"
|
---|
982 | section. For example, the following section has a custom
|
---|
983 | 2048x800 resolution mode added:
|
---|
984 | </para>
|
---|
985 |
|
---|
986 | <screen>Section "Screen"
|
---|
987 | Identifier "Default Screen"
|
---|
988 | Device "VirtualBox graphics card"
|
---|
989 | Monitor "Generic Monitor"
|
---|
990 | DefaultDepth 24
|
---|
991 | SubSection "Display"
|
---|
992 | Depth 24
|
---|
993 | Modes "2048x800" "800x600" "640x480"
|
---|
994 | EndSubSection
|
---|
995 | EndSection</screen>
|
---|
996 |
|
---|
997 | </sect2>
|
---|
998 |
|
---|
999 | </sect1>
|
---|
1000 |
|
---|
1001 | <sect1 id="cpuhotplug">
|
---|
1002 |
|
---|
1003 | <title>CPU Hot-Plugging</title>
|
---|
1004 |
|
---|
1005 | <para>
|
---|
1006 | With virtual machines running modern server operating systems,
|
---|
1007 | VirtualBox supports CPU hot-plugging.
|
---|
1008 |
|
---|
1009 | <footnote>
|
---|
1010 |
|
---|
1011 | <para>
|
---|
1012 | Support for CPU hot-plugging was introduced with VirtualBox
|
---|
1013 | 3.2.
|
---|
1014 | </para>
|
---|
1015 |
|
---|
1016 | </footnote>
|
---|
1017 |
|
---|
1018 | Whereas on a physical computer this would mean that a CPU can be
|
---|
1019 | added or removed while the machine is running, VirtualBox supports
|
---|
1020 | adding and removing virtual CPUs while a virtual machine is
|
---|
1021 | running.
|
---|
1022 | </para>
|
---|
1023 |
|
---|
1024 | <para>
|
---|
1025 | CPU hot-plugging works only with guest operating systems that
|
---|
1026 | support it. So far this applies only to Linux and Windows Server
|
---|
1027 | 2008 x64 Data Center Edition. Windows supports only hot-add while
|
---|
1028 | Linux supports hot-add and hot-remove but to use this feature with
|
---|
1029 | more than 8 CPUs a 64bit Linux guest is required.
|
---|
1030 | </para>
|
---|
1031 |
|
---|
1032 | <para>
|
---|
1033 | At this time, CPU hot-plugging requires using the VBoxManage
|
---|
1034 | command-line interface. First, hot-plugging needs to be enabled
|
---|
1035 | for a virtual machine:
|
---|
1036 |
|
---|
1037 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --cpuhotplug on</screen>
|
---|
1038 | </para>
|
---|
1039 |
|
---|
1040 | <para>
|
---|
1041 | After that, the <computeroutput>--cpus</computeroutput> option
|
---|
1042 | specifies the maximum number of CPUs that the virtual machine can
|
---|
1043 | have:
|
---|
1044 |
|
---|
1045 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --cpus 8</screen>
|
---|
1046 |
|
---|
1047 | When the VM is off, you can then add and remove virtual CPUs with
|
---|
1048 | the <computeroutput>modifyvm --plugcpu</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1049 | <computeroutput>--unplugcpu</computeroutput> subcommands, which
|
---|
1050 | take the number of the virtual CPU as a parameter, like this:
|
---|
1051 |
|
---|
1052 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --plugcpu 3
|
---|
1053 | VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --unplugcpu 3</screen>
|
---|
1054 |
|
---|
1055 | Note that CPU 0 can never be removed.
|
---|
1056 | </para>
|
---|
1057 |
|
---|
1058 | <para>
|
---|
1059 | While the VM is running, CPUs can be added and removed with the
|
---|
1060 | <computeroutput>controlvm plugcpu</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1061 | <computeroutput>unplugcpu</computeroutput> commands instead:
|
---|
1062 |
|
---|
1063 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" plugcpu 3
|
---|
1064 | VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" unplugcpu 3</screen>
|
---|
1065 | </para>
|
---|
1066 |
|
---|
1067 | <para>
|
---|
1068 | See <xref linkend="vboxmanage-modifyvm" /> and
|
---|
1069 | <xref
|
---|
1070 | linkend="vboxmanage-controlvm" /> for details.
|
---|
1071 | </para>
|
---|
1072 |
|
---|
1073 | <para>
|
---|
1074 | With Linux guests, the following applies:
|
---|
1075 | </para>
|
---|
1076 |
|
---|
1077 | <para>
|
---|
1078 | To prevent ejection while the CPU is still used it has to be
|
---|
1079 | ejected from within the guest before. The Linux Guest Additions
|
---|
1080 | contain a service which receives hot-remove events and ejects the
|
---|
1081 | CPU. Also, after a CPU is added to the VM it is not automatically
|
---|
1082 | used by Linux. The Linux Guest Additions service will take care of
|
---|
1083 | that if installed. If not a CPU can be started with the following
|
---|
1084 | command:
|
---|
1085 | </para>
|
---|
1086 |
|
---|
1087 | <screen>echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu<id>/online</screen>
|
---|
1088 |
|
---|
1089 | </sect1>
|
---|
1090 |
|
---|
1091 | <sect1 id="pcipassthrough">
|
---|
1092 |
|
---|
1093 | <title>PCI Passthrough</title>
|
---|
1094 |
|
---|
1095 | <para>
|
---|
1096 | When running on Linux hosts, with a recent enough kernel, at least
|
---|
1097 | version <computeroutput>2.6.31</computeroutput>, experimental host
|
---|
1098 | PCI devices passthrough is available.
|
---|
1099 |
|
---|
1100 | <footnote>
|
---|
1101 |
|
---|
1102 | <para>
|
---|
1103 | Experimental support for PCI passthrough was introduced with
|
---|
1104 | VirtualBox 4.1.
|
---|
1105 | </para>
|
---|
1106 |
|
---|
1107 | </footnote>
|
---|
1108 | </para>
|
---|
1109 |
|
---|
1110 | <note>
|
---|
1111 | <para>
|
---|
1112 | The PCI passthrough module is shipped as a VirtualBox extension
|
---|
1113 | package, which must be installed separately. See
|
---|
1114 | <xref
|
---|
1115 | linkend="intro-installing" />.
|
---|
1116 | </para>
|
---|
1117 | </note>
|
---|
1118 |
|
---|
1119 | <para>
|
---|
1120 | Essentially this feature allows a guest to directly use physical
|
---|
1121 | PCI devices on the host, even if host does not have drivers for
|
---|
1122 | this particular device. Both, regular PCI and some PCI Express
|
---|
1123 | cards, are supported. AGP and certain PCI Express cards are not
|
---|
1124 | supported at the moment if they rely on Graphics Address Remapping
|
---|
1125 | Table (GART) unit programming for texture management as it does
|
---|
1126 | rather non-trivial operations with pages remapping interfering
|
---|
1127 | with IOMMU. This limitation may be lifted in future releases.
|
---|
1128 | </para>
|
---|
1129 |
|
---|
1130 | <para>
|
---|
1131 | To be fully functional, PCI passthrough support in VirtualBox
|
---|
1132 | depends upon an IOMMU hardware unit which is not yet too widely
|
---|
1133 | available. If the device uses bus mastering, for example it
|
---|
1134 | performs DMA to the OS memory on its own, then an IOMMU is
|
---|
1135 | required. Otherwise such DMA transactions may write to the wrong
|
---|
1136 | physical memory address as the device DMA engine is programmed
|
---|
1137 | using a device-specific protocol to perform memory transactions.
|
---|
1138 | The IOMMU functions as translation unit mapping physical memory
|
---|
1139 | access requests from the device using knowledge of the guest
|
---|
1140 | physical address to host physical addresses translation rules.
|
---|
1141 | </para>
|
---|
1142 |
|
---|
1143 | <para>
|
---|
1144 | Intel's solution for IOMMU is called Intel Virtualization
|
---|
1145 | Technology for Directed I/O (VT-d), and AMD's solution is called
|
---|
1146 | AMD-Vi. Check your motherboard datasheet for the appropriate
|
---|
1147 | technology. Even if your hardware does not have a IOMMU, certain
|
---|
1148 | PCI cards may work, such as serial PCI adapters, but the guest
|
---|
1149 | will show a warning on boot and the VM execution will terminate if
|
---|
1150 | the guest driver will attempt to enable card bus mastering.
|
---|
1151 | </para>
|
---|
1152 |
|
---|
1153 | <para>
|
---|
1154 | It is very common that the BIOS or the host OS disables the IOMMU
|
---|
1155 | by default. So before any attempt to use it please make sure that
|
---|
1156 | the following apply:
|
---|
1157 | </para>
|
---|
1158 |
|
---|
1159 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1160 |
|
---|
1161 | <listitem>
|
---|
1162 | <para>
|
---|
1163 | Your motherboard has an IOMMU unit.
|
---|
1164 | </para>
|
---|
1165 | </listitem>
|
---|
1166 |
|
---|
1167 | <listitem>
|
---|
1168 | <para>
|
---|
1169 | Your CPU supports the IOMMU.
|
---|
1170 | </para>
|
---|
1171 | </listitem>
|
---|
1172 |
|
---|
1173 | <listitem>
|
---|
1174 | <para>
|
---|
1175 | The IOMMU is enabled in the BIOS.
|
---|
1176 | </para>
|
---|
1177 | </listitem>
|
---|
1178 |
|
---|
1179 | <listitem>
|
---|
1180 | <para>
|
---|
1181 | The VM must run with VT-x/AMD-V and nested paging enabled.
|
---|
1182 | </para>
|
---|
1183 | </listitem>
|
---|
1184 |
|
---|
1185 | <listitem>
|
---|
1186 | <para>
|
---|
1187 | Your Linux kernel was compiled with IOMMU support, including
|
---|
1188 | DMA remapping. See the
|
---|
1189 | <computeroutput>CONFIG_DMAR</computeroutput> kernel
|
---|
1190 | compilation option. The PCI stub driver
|
---|
1191 | (<computeroutput>CONFIG_PCI_STUB</computeroutput>) is required
|
---|
1192 | as well.
|
---|
1193 | </para>
|
---|
1194 | </listitem>
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | <listitem>
|
---|
1197 | <para>
|
---|
1198 | Your Linux kernel recognizes and uses the IOMMU unit. The
|
---|
1199 | <computeroutput>intel_iommu=on</computeroutput> boot option
|
---|
1200 | could be needed. Search for DMAR and PCI-DMA in kernel boot
|
---|
1201 | log.
|
---|
1202 | </para>
|
---|
1203 | </listitem>
|
---|
1204 |
|
---|
1205 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1206 |
|
---|
1207 | <para>
|
---|
1208 | Once you made sure that the host kernel supports the IOMMU, the
|
---|
1209 | next step is to select the PCI card and attach it to the guest. To
|
---|
1210 | figure out the list of available PCI devices, use the
|
---|
1211 | <computeroutput>lspci</computeroutput> command. The output will
|
---|
1212 | look as follows:
|
---|
1213 | </para>
|
---|
1214 |
|
---|
1215 | <screen>01:00.0 VGA compatible controller: ATI Technologies Inc Cedar PRO [Radeon HD 5450]
|
---|
1216 | 01:00.1 Audio device: ATI Technologies Inc Manhattan HDMI Audio [Mobility Radeon HD 5000 Series]
|
---|
1217 | 02:00.0 Ethernet controller: Realtek Semiconductor Co., Ltd. RTL8111/8168B PCI Express Gigabit
|
---|
1218 | Ethernet controller (rev 03)
|
---|
1219 | 03:00.0 SATA controller: JMicron Technology Corp. JMB362/JMB363 Serial ATA Controller (rev 03)
|
---|
1220 | 03:00.1 IDE interface: JMicron Technology Corp. JMB362/JMB363 Serial ATA Controller (rev 03)
|
---|
1221 | 06:00.0 VGA compatible controller: nVidia Corporation G86 [GeForce 8500 GT] (rev a1)</screen>
|
---|
1222 |
|
---|
1223 | <para>
|
---|
1224 | The first column is a PCI address, in the format
|
---|
1225 | <computeroutput>bus:device.function</computeroutput>. This address
|
---|
1226 | could be used to identify the device for further operations. For
|
---|
1227 | example, to attach a PCI network controller on the system listed
|
---|
1228 | above to the second PCI bus in the guest, as device 5, function 0,
|
---|
1229 | use the following command:
|
---|
1230 | </para>
|
---|
1231 |
|
---|
1232 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --pciattach 02:00.0@01:05.0</screen>
|
---|
1233 |
|
---|
1234 | <para>
|
---|
1235 | To detach the same device, use:
|
---|
1236 | </para>
|
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --pcidetach 02:00.0</screen>
|
---|
1239 |
|
---|
1240 | <para>
|
---|
1241 | Please note that both host and guest could freely assign a
|
---|
1242 | different PCI address to the card attached during runtime, so
|
---|
1243 | those addresses only apply to the address of the card at the
|
---|
1244 | moment of attachment (host), and during BIOS PCI init (guest).
|
---|
1245 | </para>
|
---|
1246 |
|
---|
1247 | <para>
|
---|
1248 | If the virtual machine has a PCI device attached, certain
|
---|
1249 | limitations apply:
|
---|
1250 | </para>
|
---|
1251 |
|
---|
1252 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1253 |
|
---|
1254 | <listitem>
|
---|
1255 | <para>
|
---|
1256 | Only PCI cards with non-shared interrupts, such as those using
|
---|
1257 | MSI on the host, are supported at the moment.
|
---|
1258 | </para>
|
---|
1259 | </listitem>
|
---|
1260 |
|
---|
1261 | <listitem>
|
---|
1262 | <para>
|
---|
1263 | No guest state can be reliably saved or restored. The internal
|
---|
1264 | state of the PCI card cannot be retrieved.
|
---|
1265 | </para>
|
---|
1266 | </listitem>
|
---|
1267 |
|
---|
1268 | <listitem>
|
---|
1269 | <para>
|
---|
1270 | Teleportation, also called live migration, does not work. The
|
---|
1271 | internal state of the PCI card cannot be retrieved.
|
---|
1272 | </para>
|
---|
1273 | </listitem>
|
---|
1274 |
|
---|
1275 | <listitem>
|
---|
1276 | <para>
|
---|
1277 | No lazy physical memory allocation. The host will preallocate
|
---|
1278 | the whole RAM required for the VM on startup, as we cannot
|
---|
1279 | catch physical hardware accesses to the physical memory.
|
---|
1280 | </para>
|
---|
1281 | </listitem>
|
---|
1282 |
|
---|
1283 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1284 |
|
---|
1285 | </sect1>
|
---|
1286 |
|
---|
1287 | <sect1 id="webcam-passthrough">
|
---|
1288 |
|
---|
1289 | <title>Webcam Passthrough</title>
|
---|
1290 |
|
---|
1291 | <sect2 id="webcam-using-guest">
|
---|
1292 |
|
---|
1293 | <title>Using a Host Webcam in the Guest</title>
|
---|
1294 |
|
---|
1295 | <para>
|
---|
1296 | VirtualBox 4.3 includes an experimental feature which allows a
|
---|
1297 | guest to use a host webcam. This complements the general USB
|
---|
1298 | passthrough support which was the typical way of using host
|
---|
1299 | webcams in earlier versions. The webcam passthrough support can
|
---|
1300 | handle non-USB video sources in theory, but this is completely
|
---|
1301 | untested.
|
---|
1302 | </para>
|
---|
1303 |
|
---|
1304 | <note>
|
---|
1305 | <para>
|
---|
1306 | The webcam passthrough module is shipped as part of the Oracle
|
---|
1307 | VM VirtualBox extension pack, which must be installed
|
---|
1308 | separately. See <xref
|
---|
1309 | linkend="intro-installing" />.
|
---|
1310 | </para>
|
---|
1311 | </note>
|
---|
1312 |
|
---|
1313 | <para>
|
---|
1314 | The host webcam can be attached to the VM using Devices menu in
|
---|
1315 | the VM menu bar. The Webcams menu contains a list of available
|
---|
1316 | video input devices on the host. Clicking on a webcam name
|
---|
1317 | attaches or detaches the corresponding host device.
|
---|
1318 | </para>
|
---|
1319 |
|
---|
1320 | <para>
|
---|
1321 | The VBoxManage command line tool can be used to enable webcam
|
---|
1322 | passthrough. Please see the host-specific sections below for
|
---|
1323 | additional details. The following commands are available:
|
---|
1324 | </para>
|
---|
1325 |
|
---|
1326 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1327 |
|
---|
1328 | <listitem>
|
---|
1329 | <para>
|
---|
1330 | Get a list of host webcams, or other video input devices:
|
---|
1331 | </para>
|
---|
1332 |
|
---|
1333 | <screen>VBoxManage list webcams</screen>
|
---|
1334 |
|
---|
1335 | <para>
|
---|
1336 | The output format is as follows:
|
---|
1337 | </para>
|
---|
1338 |
|
---|
1339 | <screen>alias "user friendly name"
|
---|
1340 | host path or identifier</screen>
|
---|
1341 |
|
---|
1342 | <para>
|
---|
1343 | The alias can be used as a shortcut in other commands. Alias
|
---|
1344 | '.0' means the default video input device on the host. Alias
|
---|
1345 | '.1', '.2'means first, second video input device, and so on.
|
---|
1346 | The device order is host-specific.
|
---|
1347 | </para>
|
---|
1348 | </listitem>
|
---|
1349 |
|
---|
1350 | <listitem>
|
---|
1351 | <para>
|
---|
1352 | Attach a webcam to a running VM:
|
---|
1353 |
|
---|
1354 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" webcam attach [host_path|alias [settings]]</screen>
|
---|
1355 |
|
---|
1356 | This will attach a USB webcam device to the guest.
|
---|
1357 | </para>
|
---|
1358 |
|
---|
1359 | <para>
|
---|
1360 | The <computeroutput>settings</computeroutput> parameter is a
|
---|
1361 | string
|
---|
1362 | <computeroutput>Setting1=Value1;Setting2=Value2</computeroutput>,
|
---|
1363 | which enables you to configure the emulated webcam device.
|
---|
1364 | The following settings are supported:
|
---|
1365 | </para>
|
---|
1366 |
|
---|
1367 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | <listitem>
|
---|
1370 | <para>
|
---|
1371 | <computeroutput>MaxFramerate</computeroutput>: The
|
---|
1372 | highest rate at which video frames are sent to the
|
---|
1373 | guest. A higher frame rate requires more CPU power.
|
---|
1374 | Therefore sometimes it is useful to set a lower limit.
|
---|
1375 | Default is no limit and allow the guest to use all frame
|
---|
1376 | rates supported by the host webcam.
|
---|
1377 | </para>
|
---|
1378 | </listitem>
|
---|
1379 |
|
---|
1380 | <listitem>
|
---|
1381 | <para>
|
---|
1382 | <computeroutput>MaxPayloadTransferSize</computeroutput>:
|
---|
1383 | How many bytes the emulated webcam can send to the guest
|
---|
1384 | at a time. Default value is 3060 bytes, which is used by
|
---|
1385 | some webcams. Higher values can slightly reduce CPU
|
---|
1386 | load, if the guest is able to use larger buffers.
|
---|
1387 | However, a high
|
---|
1388 | <computeroutput>MaxPayloadTransferSize</computeroutput>
|
---|
1389 | might be not supported by some guests.
|
---|
1390 | </para>
|
---|
1391 | </listitem>
|
---|
1392 |
|
---|
1393 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1394 | </listitem>
|
---|
1395 |
|
---|
1396 | <listitem>
|
---|
1397 | <para>
|
---|
1398 | Detach a webcam from a running VM:
|
---|
1399 |
|
---|
1400 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" webcam detach [host_path|alias]</screen>
|
---|
1401 | </para>
|
---|
1402 | </listitem>
|
---|
1403 |
|
---|
1404 | <listitem>
|
---|
1405 | <para>
|
---|
1406 | List the webcams attached to a running VM:
|
---|
1407 |
|
---|
1408 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" webcam list</screen>
|
---|
1409 |
|
---|
1410 | The output contains the path or alias which was used in the
|
---|
1411 | <computeroutput>webcam attach</computeroutput> command for
|
---|
1412 | each attached webcam.
|
---|
1413 | </para>
|
---|
1414 | </listitem>
|
---|
1415 |
|
---|
1416 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
1417 |
|
---|
1418 | </sect2>
|
---|
1419 |
|
---|
1420 | <sect2 id="webcam-win-hosts">
|
---|
1421 |
|
---|
1422 | <title>Windows Hosts</title>
|
---|
1423 |
|
---|
1424 | <para>
|
---|
1425 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the emulated
|
---|
1426 | webcam device is automatically detached from the guest.
|
---|
1427 | </para>
|
---|
1428 |
|
---|
1429 | </sect2>
|
---|
1430 |
|
---|
1431 | <sect2 id="webcam-mac-hosts">
|
---|
1432 |
|
---|
1433 | <title>Mac OS X Hosts</title>
|
---|
1434 |
|
---|
1435 | <para>
|
---|
1436 | OS X version 10.9 or later is required.
|
---|
1437 | </para>
|
---|
1438 |
|
---|
1439 | <para>
|
---|
1440 | When the webcam device is detached from the host, the emulated
|
---|
1441 | webcam device remains attached to the guest and must be manually
|
---|
1442 | detached using the <computeroutput>VBoxManage controlvm "VM
|
---|
1443 | name" webcam detach ...</computeroutput> command.
|
---|
1444 | </para>
|
---|
1445 |
|
---|
1446 | </sect2>
|
---|
1447 |
|
---|
1448 | <sect2 id="webcam-linux-hosts">
|
---|
1449 |
|
---|
1450 | <title>Linux and Solaris Hosts</title>
|
---|
1451 |
|
---|
1452 | <para>
|
---|
1453 | When the webcam is detached from the host the emulated webcam
|
---|
1454 | device is automatically detached from the guest only if the
|
---|
1455 | webcam is streaming video. If the emulated webcam is inactive it
|
---|
1456 | should be manually detached using the <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
1457 | controlvm "VM name" webcam detach ...</computeroutput> command.
|
---|
1458 | </para>
|
---|
1459 |
|
---|
1460 | <para>
|
---|
1461 | Aliases <computeroutput>.0</computeroutput> and
|
---|
1462 | <computeroutput>.1</computeroutput> are mapped to
|
---|
1463 | <computeroutput>/dev/video0</computeroutput>, alias
|
---|
1464 | <computeroutput>.2</computeroutput> is mapped to
|
---|
1465 | <computeroutput>/dev/video1</computeroutput> and so forth.
|
---|
1466 | </para>
|
---|
1467 |
|
---|
1468 | </sect2>
|
---|
1469 |
|
---|
1470 | </sect1>
|
---|
1471 |
|
---|
1472 | <sect1 id="adv-display-config">
|
---|
1473 |
|
---|
1474 | <title>Advanced Display Configuration</title>
|
---|
1475 |
|
---|
1476 | <sect2 id="customvesa">
|
---|
1477 |
|
---|
1478 | <title>Custom VESA Resolutions</title>
|
---|
1479 |
|
---|
1480 | <para>
|
---|
1481 | Apart from the standard VESA resolutions, the VirtualBox VESA
|
---|
1482 | BIOS allows you to add up to 16 custom video modes which will be
|
---|
1483 | reported to the guest operating system. When using Windows
|
---|
1484 | guests with the VirtualBox Guest Additions, a custom graphics
|
---|
1485 | driver will be used instead of the fallback VESA solution so
|
---|
1486 | this information does not apply.
|
---|
1487 | </para>
|
---|
1488 |
|
---|
1489 | <para>
|
---|
1490 | Additional video modes can be configured for each VM using the
|
---|
1491 | extra data facility. The extra data key is called
|
---|
1492 | <literal>CustomVideoMode<x></literal> with
|
---|
1493 | <literal>x</literal> being a number from 1 to 16. Please note
|
---|
1494 | that modes will be read from 1 until either the following number
|
---|
1495 | is not defined or 16 is reached. The following example adds a
|
---|
1496 | video mode that corresponds to the native display resolution of
|
---|
1497 | many notebook computers:
|
---|
1498 | </para>
|
---|
1499 |
|
---|
1500 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "CustomVideoMode1" "1400x1050x16"</screen>
|
---|
1501 |
|
---|
1502 | <para>
|
---|
1503 | The VESA mode IDs for custom video modes start at
|
---|
1504 | <literal>0x160</literal>. In order to use the above defined
|
---|
1505 | custom video mode, the following command line has be supplied to
|
---|
1506 | Linux:
|
---|
1507 | </para>
|
---|
1508 |
|
---|
1509 | <screen>vga = 0x200 | 0x160
|
---|
1510 | vga = 864</screen>
|
---|
1511 |
|
---|
1512 | <para>
|
---|
1513 | For guest operating systems with VirtualBox Guest Additions, a
|
---|
1514 | custom video mode can be set using the video mode hint feature.
|
---|
1515 | </para>
|
---|
1516 |
|
---|
1517 | </sect2>
|
---|
1518 |
|
---|
1519 | <sect2 id="max-resolution-guests">
|
---|
1520 |
|
---|
1521 | <title>Configuring the Maximum Resolution of Guests When Using the Graphical
|
---|
1522 | Frontend</title>
|
---|
1523 |
|
---|
1524 | <para>
|
---|
1525 | When guest systems with the Guest Additions installed are
|
---|
1526 | started using the graphical frontend, the normal VirtualBox
|
---|
1527 | application, they will not be allowed to use screen resolutions
|
---|
1528 | greater than the host's screen size unless the user manually
|
---|
1529 | resizes them by dragging the window, switching to full screen or
|
---|
1530 | seamless mode or sending a video mode hint using VBoxManage.
|
---|
1531 | This behavior is what most users will want, but if you have
|
---|
1532 | different needs, it is possible to change it by issuing one of
|
---|
1533 | the following commands from the command line:
|
---|
1534 | </para>
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/MaxGuestResolution any</screen>
|
---|
1537 |
|
---|
1538 | <para>
|
---|
1539 | will remove all limits on guest resolutions.
|
---|
1540 | </para>
|
---|
1541 |
|
---|
1542 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/MaxGuestResolution >width,height<</screen>
|
---|
1543 |
|
---|
1544 | <para>
|
---|
1545 | manually specifies a maximum resolution.
|
---|
1546 | </para>
|
---|
1547 |
|
---|
1548 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/MaxGuestResolution auto</screen>
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | <para>
|
---|
1551 | restores the default settings. Note that these settings apply
|
---|
1552 | globally to all guest systems, not just to a single machine.
|
---|
1553 | </para>
|
---|
1554 |
|
---|
1555 | </sect2>
|
---|
1556 |
|
---|
1557 | </sect1>
|
---|
1558 |
|
---|
1559 | <sect1 id="adv-storage-config">
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | <title>Advanced Storage Configuration</title>
|
---|
1562 |
|
---|
1563 | <sect2 id="rawdisk">
|
---|
1564 |
|
---|
1565 | <title>Using a Raw Host Hard Disk From a Guest</title>
|
---|
1566 |
|
---|
1567 | <para>
|
---|
1568 | Starting with version 1.4, as an alternative to using virtual
|
---|
1569 | disk images as described in <xref linkend="storage" />,
|
---|
1570 | VirtualBox can also present either entire physical hard disks or
|
---|
1571 | selected partitions as virtual disks to virtual machines.
|
---|
1572 | </para>
|
---|
1573 |
|
---|
1574 | <para>
|
---|
1575 | With VirtualBox, this type of access is called <emphasis>raw
|
---|
1576 | hard disk access</emphasis>. It allows a guest operating system
|
---|
1577 | to access its virtual hard disk without going through the host
|
---|
1578 | OS file system. The actual performance difference for image
|
---|
1579 | files vs. raw disk varies greatly depending on the overhead of
|
---|
1580 | the host file system, whether dynamically growing images are
|
---|
1581 | used, and on host OS caching strategies. The caching indirectly
|
---|
1582 | also affects other aspects such as failure behavior. For
|
---|
1583 | example, whether the virtual disk contains all data written
|
---|
1584 | before a host OS crash. Consult your host OS documentation for
|
---|
1585 | details on this.
|
---|
1586 | </para>
|
---|
1587 |
|
---|
1588 | <warning>
|
---|
1589 | <para>
|
---|
1590 | Raw hard disk access is for expert users only. Incorrect use
|
---|
1591 | or use of an outdated configuration can lead to
|
---|
1592 | <emphasis
|
---|
1593 | role="bold">total loss of data
|
---|
1594 | </emphasis>on the physical disk. Most importantly,
|
---|
1595 | <emphasis>do not</emphasis> attempt to boot the partition with
|
---|
1596 | the currently running host operating system in a guest. This
|
---|
1597 | will lead to severe data corruption.
|
---|
1598 | </para>
|
---|
1599 | </warning>
|
---|
1600 |
|
---|
1601 | <para>
|
---|
1602 | Raw hard disk access, both for entire disks and individual
|
---|
1603 | partitions, is implemented as part of the VMDK image format
|
---|
1604 | support. As a result, you will need to create a special VMDK
|
---|
1605 | image file which defines where the data will be stored. After
|
---|
1606 | creating such a special VMDK image, you can use it like a
|
---|
1607 | regular virtual disk image. For example, you can use the
|
---|
1608 | VirtualBox Manager, see <xref linkend="vdis" />, or
|
---|
1609 | <computeroutput>VBoxManage</computeroutput> to assign the image
|
---|
1610 | to a virtual machine.
|
---|
1611 | </para>
|
---|
1612 |
|
---|
1613 | <sect3 id="rawdisk-access-entire-physical-disk">
|
---|
1614 |
|
---|
1615 | <title>Access to Entire Physical Hard Disk</title>
|
---|
1616 |
|
---|
1617 | <para>
|
---|
1618 | While this variant is the simplest to set up, you must be
|
---|
1619 | aware that this will give a guest operating system direct and
|
---|
1620 | full access to an <emphasis>entire physical disk</emphasis>.
|
---|
1621 | If your <emphasis>host</emphasis> operating system is also
|
---|
1622 | booted from this disk, please take special care to not access
|
---|
1623 | the partition from the guest at all. On the positive side, the
|
---|
1624 | physical disk can be repartitioned in arbitrary ways without
|
---|
1625 | having to recreate the image file that gives access to the raw
|
---|
1626 | disk.
|
---|
1627 | </para>
|
---|
1628 |
|
---|
1629 | <para>
|
---|
1630 | On a Linux host, to create an image that represents an entire
|
---|
1631 | physical hard disk which will not contain any actual data, as
|
---|
1632 | this will all be stored on the physical disk, use the command
|
---|
1633 |
|
---|
1634 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1635 | -rawdisk /dev/sda</screen>
|
---|
1636 |
|
---|
1637 | This creates the image <code>/path/to/file.vmdk</code>, which
|
---|
1638 | must be an absolute path. All data will be read and written
|
---|
1639 | from <code>/dev/sda</code>.
|
---|
1640 | </para>
|
---|
1641 |
|
---|
1642 | <para>
|
---|
1643 | On a Windows host, instead of the above device specification,
|
---|
1644 | use e.g. <code>\\.\PhysicalDrive0</code>. On a Mac OS X host,
|
---|
1645 | instead of the above device specification use e.g.
|
---|
1646 | <code>/dev/disk1</code>. Note that on OS X you can only get
|
---|
1647 | access to an entire disk if no volume is mounted from it.
|
---|
1648 | </para>
|
---|
1649 |
|
---|
1650 | <para>
|
---|
1651 | Creating the image requires read/write access for the given
|
---|
1652 | device. Read/write access is also later needed when using the
|
---|
1653 | image from a virtual machine. On some host platforms, such as
|
---|
1654 | Windows Vista and later, raw disk access may be restricted and
|
---|
1655 | not permitted by the host OS in some situations.
|
---|
1656 | </para>
|
---|
1657 |
|
---|
1658 | <para>
|
---|
1659 | Just like with regular disk images, this does not
|
---|
1660 | automatically attach the newly created image to a virtual
|
---|
1661 | machine. This can be done as follows:
|
---|
1662 |
|
---|
1663 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach WindowsXP --storagectl "IDE Controller"
|
---|
1664 | --port 0 --device 0 --type hdd --medium /path/to/file.vmdk</screen>
|
---|
1665 |
|
---|
1666 | When this is done the selected virtual machine will boot from
|
---|
1667 | the specified physical disk.
|
---|
1668 | </para>
|
---|
1669 |
|
---|
1670 | </sect3>
|
---|
1671 |
|
---|
1672 | <sect3 id="rawdisk-access-disk-partitions">
|
---|
1673 |
|
---|
1674 | <title>Access to Individual Physical Hard Disk Partitions</title>
|
---|
1675 |
|
---|
1676 | <para>
|
---|
1677 | This <emphasis>raw partition support</emphasis> is quite
|
---|
1678 | similar to the full hard disk access described above. However,
|
---|
1679 | in this case, any partitioning information will be stored
|
---|
1680 | inside the VMDK image. This means that you can install a
|
---|
1681 | different boot loader in the virtual hard disk without
|
---|
1682 | affecting the host's partitioning information. While the guest
|
---|
1683 | will be able to <emphasis>see</emphasis> all partitions that
|
---|
1684 | exist on the physical disk, access will be filtered in that
|
---|
1685 | reading from partitions for which no access is allowed the
|
---|
1686 | partitions will only yield zeroes, and all writes to them are
|
---|
1687 | ignored.
|
---|
1688 | </para>
|
---|
1689 |
|
---|
1690 | <para>
|
---|
1691 | To create a special image for raw partition support, which
|
---|
1692 | will contain a small amount of data, on a Linux host, use the
|
---|
1693 | command:
|
---|
1694 | </para>
|
---|
1695 |
|
---|
1696 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1697 | -rawdisk /dev/sda -partitions 1,5</screen>
|
---|
1698 |
|
---|
1699 | <para>
|
---|
1700 | The command is identical to the one for full hard disk access,
|
---|
1701 | except for the additional
|
---|
1702 | <computeroutput>-partitions</computeroutput> parameter. This
|
---|
1703 | example would create the image <code>/path/to/file.vmdk</code>
|
---|
1704 | (which, again, must be absolute), and partitions 1 and 5 of
|
---|
1705 | <code>/dev/sda</code> would be made accessible to the guest.
|
---|
1706 | </para>
|
---|
1707 |
|
---|
1708 | <para>
|
---|
1709 | VirtualBox uses the same partition numbering as your Linux
|
---|
1710 | host. As a result, the numbers given in the above example
|
---|
1711 | would refer to the first primary partition and the first
|
---|
1712 | logical drive in the extended partition, respectively.
|
---|
1713 | </para>
|
---|
1714 |
|
---|
1715 | <para>
|
---|
1716 | On a Windows host, instead of the above device specification,
|
---|
1717 | use e.g. <code>\\.\PhysicalDrive0</code>. On a Mac OS X host,
|
---|
1718 | instead of the above device specification use
|
---|
1719 | <code>/dev/disk1</code>, for example. Note that on OS X you
|
---|
1720 | can only use partitions which are not mounted. Eject the
|
---|
1721 | respective volume first. Partition numbers are the same on
|
---|
1722 | Linux, Windows, and Mac OS X hosts.
|
---|
1723 | </para>
|
---|
1724 |
|
---|
1725 | <para>
|
---|
1726 | The numbers for the list of partitions can be taken from the
|
---|
1727 | output of
|
---|
1728 |
|
---|
1729 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands listpartitions -rawdisk /dev/sda</screen>
|
---|
1730 |
|
---|
1731 | The output lists the partition types and sizes to give the
|
---|
1732 | user enough information to identify the partitions necessary
|
---|
1733 | for the guest.
|
---|
1734 | </para>
|
---|
1735 |
|
---|
1736 | <para>
|
---|
1737 | Images which give access to individual partitions are specific
|
---|
1738 | to a particular host disk setup. You cannot transfer these
|
---|
1739 | images to another host. Also, whenever the host partitioning
|
---|
1740 | changes, the image <emphasis>must be recreated</emphasis>.
|
---|
1741 | </para>
|
---|
1742 |
|
---|
1743 | <para>
|
---|
1744 | Creating the image requires read/write access for the given
|
---|
1745 | device. Read/write access is also later needed when using the
|
---|
1746 | image from a virtual machine. If this is not feasible, there
|
---|
1747 | is a special variant for raw partition access, currently only
|
---|
1748 | available on Linux hosts, that avoids having to give the
|
---|
1749 | current user access to the entire disk. To set up such an
|
---|
1750 | image, use:
|
---|
1751 | </para>
|
---|
1752 |
|
---|
1753 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1754 | -rawdisk /dev/sda -partitions 1,5 -relative</screen>
|
---|
1755 |
|
---|
1756 | <para>
|
---|
1757 | When used from a virtual machine, the image will then refer
|
---|
1758 | not to the entire disk, but only to the individual partitions.
|
---|
1759 | In this example, <code>/dev/sda1</code> and
|
---|
1760 | <code>/dev/sda5</code>. As a consequence, read/write access is
|
---|
1761 | only required for the affected partitions, not for the entire
|
---|
1762 | disk. During creation however, read-only access to the entire
|
---|
1763 | disk is required to obtain the partitioning information.
|
---|
1764 | </para>
|
---|
1765 |
|
---|
1766 | <para>
|
---|
1767 | In some configurations it may be necessary to change the MBR
|
---|
1768 | code of the created image. For example, to replace the Linux
|
---|
1769 | boot loader that is used on the host by another boot loader.
|
---|
1770 | This allows for example the guest to boot directly to Windows,
|
---|
1771 | while the host boots Linux from the "same" disk. For this
|
---|
1772 | purpose the <computeroutput>-mbr</computeroutput> parameter is
|
---|
1773 | provided. It specifies a file name from which to take the MBR
|
---|
1774 | code. The partition table is not modified at all, so a MBR
|
---|
1775 | file from a system with totally different partitioning can be
|
---|
1776 | used. An example of this is:
|
---|
1777 | </para>
|
---|
1778 |
|
---|
1779 | <screen>VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk -filename /path/to/file.vmdk
|
---|
1780 | -rawdisk /dev/sda -partitions 1,5 -mbr winxp.mbr</screen>
|
---|
1781 |
|
---|
1782 | <para>
|
---|
1783 | The modified MBR will be stored inside the image, not on the
|
---|
1784 | host disk.
|
---|
1785 | </para>
|
---|
1786 |
|
---|
1787 | <para>
|
---|
1788 | The created image can be attached to a storage controller in a
|
---|
1789 | VM configuration as usual.
|
---|
1790 | </para>
|
---|
1791 |
|
---|
1792 | </sect3>
|
---|
1793 |
|
---|
1794 | </sect2>
|
---|
1795 |
|
---|
1796 | <sect2 id="changevpd">
|
---|
1797 |
|
---|
1798 | <title>Configuring the Hard Disk Vendor Product Data (VPD)</title>
|
---|
1799 |
|
---|
1800 | <para>
|
---|
1801 | VirtualBox reports vendor product data for its virtual hard
|
---|
1802 | disks which consist of hard disk serial number, firmware
|
---|
1803 | revision and model number. These can be changed using the
|
---|
1804 | following commands:
|
---|
1805 | </para>
|
---|
1806 |
|
---|
1807 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1808 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/SerialNumber" "serial"
|
---|
1809 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1810 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/FirmwareRevision" "firmware"
|
---|
1811 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1812 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ModelNumber" "model"</screen>
|
---|
1813 |
|
---|
1814 | <para>
|
---|
1815 | The serial number is a 20 byte alphanumeric string, the firmware
|
---|
1816 | revision an 8 byte alphanumeric string and the model number a 40
|
---|
1817 | byte alphanumeric string. Instead of Port0, referring to the
|
---|
1818 | first port, specify the desired SATA hard disk port.
|
---|
1819 | </para>
|
---|
1820 |
|
---|
1821 | <para>
|
---|
1822 | The above commands apply to virtual machines with an AHCI (SATA)
|
---|
1823 | controller. The commands for virtual machines with an IDE
|
---|
1824 | controller are:
|
---|
1825 | </para>
|
---|
1826 |
|
---|
1827 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1828 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/piix3ide/0/Config/PrimaryMaster/SerialNumber" "serial"
|
---|
1829 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1830 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/piix3ide/0/Config/PrimaryMaster/FirmwareRevision" "firmware"
|
---|
1831 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1832 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/piix3ide/0/Config/PrimaryMaster/ModelNumber" "model"</screen>
|
---|
1833 |
|
---|
1834 | <para>
|
---|
1835 | For hard disks it is also possible to mark the drive as having a
|
---|
1836 | non-rotational medium with:
|
---|
1837 | </para>
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1840 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/NonRotational" "1"</screen>
|
---|
1841 |
|
---|
1842 | <para>
|
---|
1843 | Additional three parameters are needed for CD/DVD drives to
|
---|
1844 | report the vendor product data:
|
---|
1845 | </para>
|
---|
1846 |
|
---|
1847 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1848 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ATAPIVendorId" "vendor"
|
---|
1849 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1850 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ATAPIProductId" "product"
|
---|
1851 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1852 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/ahci/0/Config/Port0/ATAPIRevision" "revision"</screen>
|
---|
1853 |
|
---|
1854 | <para>
|
---|
1855 | The vendor id is an 8 byte alphanumeric string, the product id
|
---|
1856 | an 16 byte alphanumeric string and the revision a 4 byte
|
---|
1857 | alphanumeric string. Instead of Port0, referring to the first
|
---|
1858 | port, specify the desired SATA hard disk port.
|
---|
1859 | </para>
|
---|
1860 |
|
---|
1861 | </sect2>
|
---|
1862 |
|
---|
1863 | <sect2 id="iscsi-intnet">
|
---|
1864 |
|
---|
1865 | <title>Access iSCSI Targets via Internal Networking</title>
|
---|
1866 |
|
---|
1867 | <para>
|
---|
1868 | As an experimental feature, VirtualBox allows for accessing an
|
---|
1869 | iSCSI target running in a virtual machine which is configured
|
---|
1870 | for using Internal Networking mode. See
|
---|
1871 | <xref linkend="storage-iscsi" />,
|
---|
1872 | <xref linkend="network_internal" />, and
|
---|
1873 | <xref
|
---|
1874 | linkend="vboxmanage-storageattach" />.
|
---|
1875 | </para>
|
---|
1876 |
|
---|
1877 | <para>
|
---|
1878 | The IP stack accessing Internal Networking must be configured in
|
---|
1879 | the virtual machine which accesses the iSCSI target. A free
|
---|
1880 | static IP and a MAC address not used by other virtual machines
|
---|
1881 | must be chosen. In the example below, adapt the name of the
|
---|
1882 | virtual machine, the MAC address, the IP configuration, and the
|
---|
1883 | Internal Networking name (MyIntNet) according to your needs. The
|
---|
1884 | following eight commands must first be issued:
|
---|
1885 | </para>
|
---|
1886 |
|
---|
1887 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Trusted 1
|
---|
1888 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Config/MAC 08:00:27:01:02:0f
|
---|
1889 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Config/IP 10.0.9.1
|
---|
1890 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/Config/Netmask 255.255.255.0
|
---|
1891 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Driver IntNet
|
---|
1892 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Config/Network MyIntNet
|
---|
1893 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Config/TrunkType 2
|
---|
1894 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/Devices/IntNetIP/0/LUN#0/Config/IsService 1</screen>
|
---|
1895 |
|
---|
1896 | <para>
|
---|
1897 | Finally the iSCSI disk must be attached with the
|
---|
1898 | <computeroutput>--intnet</computeroutput> option to tell the
|
---|
1899 | iSCSI initiator to use internal networking:
|
---|
1900 |
|
---|
1901 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach ... --medium iscsi
|
---|
1902 | --server 10.0.9.30 --target iqn.2008-12.com.sun:sampletarget --intnet</screen>
|
---|
1903 | </para>
|
---|
1904 |
|
---|
1905 | <para>
|
---|
1906 | Compared to a regular iSCSI setup, the IP address of the target
|
---|
1907 | <emphasis>must</emphasis> be specified as a numeric IP address,
|
---|
1908 | as there is no DNS resolver for internal networking.
|
---|
1909 | </para>
|
---|
1910 |
|
---|
1911 | <para>
|
---|
1912 | The virtual machine with the iSCSI target should be started
|
---|
1913 | before the VM using it is powered on. If a virtual machine using
|
---|
1914 | an iSCSI disk is started without having the iSCSI target powered
|
---|
1915 | up, it can take up to 200 seconds to detect this situation. The
|
---|
1916 | VM will fail to power up.
|
---|
1917 | </para>
|
---|
1918 |
|
---|
1919 | </sect2>
|
---|
1920 |
|
---|
1921 | </sect1>
|
---|
1922 |
|
---|
1923 | <sect1 id="serialports-legacy-cmds">
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | <title>Legacy Commands for Using Serial Ports</title>
|
---|
1926 |
|
---|
1927 | <para>
|
---|
1928 | Starting with version 1.4, VirtualBox provided support for virtual
|
---|
1929 | serial ports, which, at the time, was rather complicated to set up
|
---|
1930 | with a sequence of <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
1931 | setextradata</computeroutput> statements. Since version 1.5, that
|
---|
1932 | way of setting up serial ports is no longer necessary and
|
---|
1933 | <emphasis>deprecated.</emphasis> To set up virtual serial ports,
|
---|
1934 | use the methods described in <xref
|
---|
1935 | linkend="serialports" />.
|
---|
1936 | </para>
|
---|
1937 |
|
---|
1938 | <note>
|
---|
1939 | <para>
|
---|
1940 | For backwards compatibility, the old
|
---|
1941 | <computeroutput>setextradata</computeroutput> statements, whose
|
---|
1942 | description is retained below from the old version of the
|
---|
1943 | manual, take <emphasis>precedence</emphasis> over the new way of
|
---|
1944 | configuring serial ports. As a result, if configuring serial
|
---|
1945 | ports the new way does not work, make sure the VM in question
|
---|
1946 | does not have old configuration data such as below still active.
|
---|
1947 | </para>
|
---|
1948 | </note>
|
---|
1949 |
|
---|
1950 | <para>
|
---|
1951 | The old sequence of configuring a serial port used the following
|
---|
1952 | commands:
|
---|
1953 | </para>
|
---|
1954 |
|
---|
1955 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1956 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/Config/IRQ" 4
|
---|
1957 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1958 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/Config/IOBase" 0x3f8
|
---|
1959 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1960 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/Driver" Char
|
---|
1961 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1962 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Driver" NamedPipe
|
---|
1963 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1964 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/Location" "\\.\pipe\vboxCOM1"
|
---|
1965 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
1966 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/serial/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/IsServer" 1</screen>
|
---|
1967 |
|
---|
1968 | <para>
|
---|
1969 | This sets up a serial port in the guest with the default settings
|
---|
1970 | for COM1 (IRQ 4, I/O address 0x3f8) and the
|
---|
1971 | <computeroutput>Location</computeroutput> setting assumes that
|
---|
1972 | this configuration is used on a Windows host, because the Windows
|
---|
1973 | named pipe syntax is used. Keep in mind that on Windows hosts a
|
---|
1974 | named pipe must always start with
|
---|
1975 | <computeroutput>\\.\pipe\</computeroutput>. On Linux the same
|
---|
1976 | configuration settings apply, except that the path name for the
|
---|
1977 | <computeroutput>Location</computeroutput> can be chosen more
|
---|
1978 | freely. Local domain sockets can be placed anywhere, provided the
|
---|
1979 | user running VirtualBox has the permission to create a new file in
|
---|
1980 | the directory. The final command above defines that VirtualBox
|
---|
1981 | acts as a server. It creates the named pipe itself instead of
|
---|
1982 | connecting to an already existing one.
|
---|
1983 | </para>
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | </sect1>
|
---|
1986 |
|
---|
1987 | <sect1 id="changenat">
|
---|
1988 |
|
---|
1989 | <title>Fine Tuning the VirtualBox NAT Engine</title>
|
---|
1990 |
|
---|
1991 | <sect2 id="nat-address-config">
|
---|
1992 |
|
---|
1993 | <title>Configuring the Address of a NAT Network Interface</title>
|
---|
1994 |
|
---|
1995 | <para>
|
---|
1996 | In NAT mode, the guest network interface is assigned to the IPv4
|
---|
1997 | range <computeroutput>10.0.x.0/24</computeroutput> by default
|
---|
1998 | where <computeroutput>x</computeroutput> corresponds to the
|
---|
1999 | instance of the NAT interface +2. So
|
---|
2000 | <computeroutput>x</computeroutput> is 2 when there is only one
|
---|
2001 | NAT instance active. In that case the guest is assigned to the
|
---|
2002 | address <computeroutput>10.0.2.15</computeroutput>, the gateway
|
---|
2003 | is set to <computeroutput>10.0.2.2</computeroutput> and the name
|
---|
2004 | server can be found at
|
---|
2005 | <computeroutput>10.0.2.3</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2006 | </para>
|
---|
2007 |
|
---|
2008 | <para>
|
---|
2009 | If the NAT network needs to be changed, use the following
|
---|
2010 | command:
|
---|
2011 | </para>
|
---|
2012 |
|
---|
2013 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natnet1 "192.168/16"</screen>
|
---|
2014 |
|
---|
2015 | <para>
|
---|
2016 | This command would reserve the network addresses from
|
---|
2017 | <computeroutput>192.168.0.0</computeroutput> to
|
---|
2018 | <computeroutput>192.168.254.254</computeroutput> for the first
|
---|
2019 | NAT network instance of "VM name". The guest IP would be
|
---|
2020 | assigned to <computeroutput>192.168.0.15</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2021 | the default gateway could be found at
|
---|
2022 | <computeroutput>192.168.0.2</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2023 | </para>
|
---|
2024 |
|
---|
2025 | </sect2>
|
---|
2026 |
|
---|
2027 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-tftp">
|
---|
2028 |
|
---|
2029 | <title>Configuring the Boot Server (Next Server) of a NAT Network Interface</title>
|
---|
2030 |
|
---|
2031 | <para>
|
---|
2032 | For network booting in NAT mode, by default VirtualBox uses a
|
---|
2033 | built-in TFTP server at the IP address 10.0.2.4. This default
|
---|
2034 | behavior should work fine for typical remote-booting scenarios.
|
---|
2035 | However, it is possible to change the boot server IP and the
|
---|
2036 | location of the boot image with the following commands:
|
---|
2037 |
|
---|
2038 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --nattftpserver1 10.0.2.2
|
---|
2039 | VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --nattftpfile1 /srv/tftp/boot/MyPXEBoot.pxe</screen>
|
---|
2040 | </para>
|
---|
2041 |
|
---|
2042 | </sect2>
|
---|
2043 |
|
---|
2044 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-settings">
|
---|
2045 |
|
---|
2046 | <title>Tuning TCP/IP Buffers for NAT</title>
|
---|
2047 |
|
---|
2048 | <para>
|
---|
2049 | The VirtualBox NAT stack performance is often determined by its
|
---|
2050 | interaction with the host's TCP/IP stack and the size of several
|
---|
2051 | buffers (<computeroutput>SO_RCVBUF</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2052 | <computeroutput>SO_SNDBUF</computeroutput>). For certain setups
|
---|
2053 | users might want to adjust the buffer size for a better
|
---|
2054 | performance. This can by achieved using the following commands,
|
---|
2055 | where values are in kilobytes and can range from 8 to 1024:
|
---|
2056 |
|
---|
2057 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natsettings1 16000,128,128,0,0</screen>
|
---|
2058 |
|
---|
2059 | This example illustrates tuning the NAT settings. The first
|
---|
2060 | parameter is the MTU, then the size of the socket's send buffer
|
---|
2061 | and the size of the socket's receive buffer, the initial size of
|
---|
2062 | the TCP send window, and lastly the initial size of the TCP
|
---|
2063 | receive window. Note that specifying zero means fallback to the
|
---|
2064 | default value.
|
---|
2065 | </para>
|
---|
2066 |
|
---|
2067 | <para>
|
---|
2068 | Each of these buffers has a default size of 64KB and default MTU
|
---|
2069 | is 1500.
|
---|
2070 | </para>
|
---|
2071 |
|
---|
2072 | </sect2>
|
---|
2073 |
|
---|
2074 | <sect2 id="nat-bind-sockets">
|
---|
2075 |
|
---|
2076 | <title>Binding NAT Sockets to a Specific Interface</title>
|
---|
2077 |
|
---|
2078 | <para>
|
---|
2079 | By default, VirtualBox's NAT engine will route TCP/IP packets
|
---|
2080 | through the default interface assigned by the host's TCP/IP
|
---|
2081 | stack. The technical reason for this is that the NAT engine uses
|
---|
2082 | sockets for communication. If you want to change this behavior,
|
---|
2083 | you can tell the NAT engine to bind to a particular IP address
|
---|
2084 | instead. Use the following command:
|
---|
2085 |
|
---|
2086 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natbindip1 "10.45.0.2"</screen>
|
---|
2087 | </para>
|
---|
2088 |
|
---|
2089 | <para>
|
---|
2090 | After this, all outgoing traffic will be sent through the
|
---|
2091 | interface with the IP address 10.45.0.2. Please make sure that
|
---|
2092 | this interface is up and running prior to this assignment.
|
---|
2093 | </para>
|
---|
2094 |
|
---|
2095 | </sect2>
|
---|
2096 |
|
---|
2097 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-dns">
|
---|
2098 |
|
---|
2099 | <title>Enabling DNS Proxy in NAT Mode</title>
|
---|
2100 |
|
---|
2101 | <para>
|
---|
2102 | The NAT engine by default offers the same DNS servers to the
|
---|
2103 | guest that are configured on the host. In some scenarios, it can
|
---|
2104 | be desirable to hide the DNS server IPs from the guest, for
|
---|
2105 | example when this information can change on the host due to
|
---|
2106 | expiring DHCP leases. In this case, you can tell the NAT engine
|
---|
2107 | to act as DNS proxy using the following command:
|
---|
2108 | </para>
|
---|
2109 |
|
---|
2110 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natdnsproxy1 on</screen>
|
---|
2111 |
|
---|
2112 | </sect2>
|
---|
2113 |
|
---|
2114 | <sect2 id="nat_host_resolver_proxy">
|
---|
2115 |
|
---|
2116 | <title>Using the Host's Resolver as a DNS Proxy in NAT Mode</title>
|
---|
2117 |
|
---|
2118 | <para>
|
---|
2119 | For resolving network names, the DHCP server of the NAT engine
|
---|
2120 | offers a list of registered DNS servers of the host. If for some
|
---|
2121 | reason you need to hide this DNS server list and use the host's
|
---|
2122 | resolver settings, thereby forcing the VirtualBox NAT engine to
|
---|
2123 | intercept DNS requests and forward them to host's resolver, use
|
---|
2124 | the following command:
|
---|
2125 | </para>
|
---|
2126 |
|
---|
2127 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --natdnshostresolver1 on</screen>
|
---|
2128 |
|
---|
2129 | <para>
|
---|
2130 | Note that this setting is similar to the DNS proxy mode, however
|
---|
2131 | whereas the proxy mode just forwards DNS requests to the
|
---|
2132 | appropriate servers, the resolver mode will interpret the DNS
|
---|
2133 | requests and use the host's DNS API to query the information and
|
---|
2134 | return it to the guest.
|
---|
2135 | </para>
|
---|
2136 |
|
---|
2137 | <sect3 id="nat_host_resolver_name_intercepting">
|
---|
2138 |
|
---|
2139 | <title>User-Defined Host Name Resolving</title>
|
---|
2140 |
|
---|
2141 | <para>
|
---|
2142 | In some cases it might be useful to intercept the name
|
---|
2143 | resolving mechanism, providing a user-defined IP address on a
|
---|
2144 | particular DNS request. The intercepting mechanism allows the
|
---|
2145 | user to map not only a single host but domains and even more
|
---|
2146 | complex naming conventions if required.
|
---|
2147 | </para>
|
---|
2148 |
|
---|
2149 | <para>
|
---|
2150 | The following command sets a rule for mapping a name to a
|
---|
2151 | specified IP:
|
---|
2152 | </para>
|
---|
2153 |
|
---|
2154 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2155 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2156 | <unique rule name of interception rule>/HostIP" <IPv4>
|
---|
2157 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2158 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2159 | <unique rule name>/HostName" <name of host></screen>
|
---|
2160 |
|
---|
2161 | <para>
|
---|
2162 | The following command sets a rule for mapping a pattern name
|
---|
2163 | to a specified IP:
|
---|
2164 | </para>
|
---|
2165 |
|
---|
2166 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2167 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2168 | <unique rule name>/HostIP" <IPv4>
|
---|
2169 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2170 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/{pcnet,e1000}/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2171 | <unique rule name>/HostNamePattern" <hostpattern></screen>
|
---|
2172 |
|
---|
2173 | <para>
|
---|
2174 | The host pattern may include <computeroutput>"|", "?" and
|
---|
2175 | "*"</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2176 | </para>
|
---|
2177 |
|
---|
2178 | <para>
|
---|
2179 | This example demonstrates how to instruct the host-resolver
|
---|
2180 | mechanism to resolve all domain and probably some mirrors of
|
---|
2181 | www.blocked-site.info site with IP 127.0.0.1:
|
---|
2182 | </para>
|
---|
2183 |
|
---|
2184 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2185 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/e1000/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2186 | all_blocked_site/HostIP" 127.0.0.1
|
---|
2187 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
2188 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/e1000/0/LUN#0/AttachedDriver/Config/HostResolverMappings/ \
|
---|
2189 | all_blocked_site/HostNamePattern" "*.blocked-site.*|*.fb.org"</screen>
|
---|
2190 |
|
---|
2191 | <para>
|
---|
2192 | The host resolver mechanism should be enabled to use
|
---|
2193 | user-defined mapping rules, otherwise they do not have any
|
---|
2194 | effect.
|
---|
2195 | </para>
|
---|
2196 |
|
---|
2197 | </sect3>
|
---|
2198 |
|
---|
2199 | </sect2>
|
---|
2200 |
|
---|
2201 | <sect2 id="nat-adv-alias">
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | <title>Configuring Aliasing of the NAT Engine</title>
|
---|
2204 |
|
---|
2205 | <para>
|
---|
2206 | By default, the NAT core uses aliasing and uses random ports
|
---|
2207 | when generating an alias for a connection. This works well for
|
---|
2208 | the most protocols like SSH, FTP and so on. Though some
|
---|
2209 | protocols might need a more transparent behavior or may depend
|
---|
2210 | on the real port number the packet was sent from. It is possible
|
---|
2211 | to change the NAT mode via the VBoxManage frontend with the
|
---|
2212 | following commands:
|
---|
2213 |
|
---|
2214 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --nataliasmode1 proxyonly</screen>
|
---|
2215 |
|
---|
2216 | and
|
---|
2217 |
|
---|
2218 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "Linux Guest" --nataliasmode1 sameports</screen>
|
---|
2219 |
|
---|
2220 | The first example disables aliasing and switches NAT into
|
---|
2221 | transparent mode, the second example enforces preserving of port
|
---|
2222 | values. These modes can be combined if necessary.
|
---|
2223 | </para>
|
---|
2224 |
|
---|
2225 | </sect2>
|
---|
2226 |
|
---|
2227 | </sect1>
|
---|
2228 |
|
---|
2229 | <sect1 id="changedmi">
|
---|
2230 |
|
---|
2231 | <title>Configuring the BIOS DMI Information</title>
|
---|
2232 |
|
---|
2233 | <para>
|
---|
2234 | The DMI data that VirtualBox provides to guests can be changed for
|
---|
2235 | a specific VM. Use the following commands to configure the DMI
|
---|
2236 | BIOS information. In case your VM is configured to use EFI
|
---|
2237 | firmware you need to replace <code>pcbios</code> by
|
---|
2238 | <code>efi</code> in the keys.
|
---|
2239 | </para>
|
---|
2240 |
|
---|
2241 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
2242 |
|
---|
2243 | <listitem>
|
---|
2244 | <para>
|
---|
2245 | DMI BIOS information (type 0)
|
---|
2246 | </para>
|
---|
2247 |
|
---|
2248 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2249 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSVendor" "BIOS Vendor"
|
---|
2250 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2251 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSVersion" "BIOS Version"
|
---|
2252 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2253 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSReleaseDate" "BIOS Release Date"
|
---|
2254 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2255 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSReleaseMajor" 1
|
---|
2256 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2257 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSReleaseMinor" 2
|
---|
2258 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2259 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSFirmwareMajor" 3
|
---|
2260 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2261 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBIOSFirmwareMinor" 4</screen>
|
---|
2262 | </listitem>
|
---|
2263 |
|
---|
2264 | <listitem>
|
---|
2265 | <para>
|
---|
2266 | DMI system information (type 1)
|
---|
2267 | </para>
|
---|
2268 |
|
---|
2269 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2270 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemVendor" "System Vendor"
|
---|
2271 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2272 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemProduct" "System Product"
|
---|
2273 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2274 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemVersion" "System Version"
|
---|
2275 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2276 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemSerial" "System Serial"
|
---|
2277 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2278 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemSKU" "System SKU"
|
---|
2279 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2280 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemFamily" "System Family"
|
---|
2281 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2282 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemUuid"
|
---|
2283 | "9852bf98-b83c-49db-a8de-182c42c7226b"</screen>
|
---|
2284 | </listitem>
|
---|
2285 |
|
---|
2286 | <listitem>
|
---|
2287 | <para>
|
---|
2288 | DMI board information (type 2)
|
---|
2289 | </para>
|
---|
2290 |
|
---|
2291 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2292 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardVendor" "Board Vendor"
|
---|
2293 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2294 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardProduct" "Board Product"
|
---|
2295 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2296 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardVersion" "Board Version"
|
---|
2297 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2298 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardSerial" "Board Serial"
|
---|
2299 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2300 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardAssetTag" "Board Tag"
|
---|
2301 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2302 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardLocInChass" "Board Location"
|
---|
2303 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2304 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiBoardBoardType" 10</screen>
|
---|
2305 | </listitem>
|
---|
2306 |
|
---|
2307 | <listitem>
|
---|
2308 | <para>
|
---|
2309 | DMI system enclosure or chassis (type 3)
|
---|
2310 | </para>
|
---|
2311 |
|
---|
2312 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2313 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisVendor" "Chassis Vendor"
|
---|
2314 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2315 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisType" 3
|
---|
2316 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2317 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisVersion" "Chassis Version"
|
---|
2318 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2319 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisSerial" "Chassis Serial"
|
---|
2320 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2321 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiChassisAssetTag" "Chassis Tag"</screen>
|
---|
2322 | </listitem>
|
---|
2323 |
|
---|
2324 | <listitem>
|
---|
2325 | <para>
|
---|
2326 | DMI processor information (type 4)
|
---|
2327 | </para>
|
---|
2328 |
|
---|
2329 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2330 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiProcManufacturer" "GenuineIntel"
|
---|
2331 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2332 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiProcVersion" "Pentium(R) III"</screen>
|
---|
2333 | </listitem>
|
---|
2334 |
|
---|
2335 | <listitem>
|
---|
2336 | <para>
|
---|
2337 | DMI OEM strings (type 11)
|
---|
2338 | </para>
|
---|
2339 |
|
---|
2340 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2341 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiOEMVBoxVer" "vboxVer_1.2.3"
|
---|
2342 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2343 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiOEMVBoxRev" "vboxRev_12345"</screen>
|
---|
2344 | </listitem>
|
---|
2345 |
|
---|
2346 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
2347 |
|
---|
2348 | <para>
|
---|
2349 | If a DMI string is not set, the default value of VirtualBox is
|
---|
2350 | used. To set an empty string use
|
---|
2351 | <computeroutput>"<EMPTY>"</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2352 | </para>
|
---|
2353 |
|
---|
2354 | <para>
|
---|
2355 | Note that in the above list, all quoted parameters (DmiBIOSVendor,
|
---|
2356 | DmiBIOSVersion but not DmiBIOSReleaseMajor) are expected to be
|
---|
2357 | strings. If such a string is a valid number, the parameter is
|
---|
2358 | treated as number and the VM will most probably refuse to start
|
---|
2359 | with an <computeroutput>VERR_CFGM_NOT_STRING</computeroutput>
|
---|
2360 | error. In that case, use
|
---|
2361 | <computeroutput>"string:<value>"</computeroutput>. For
|
---|
2362 | example:
|
---|
2363 | </para>
|
---|
2364 |
|
---|
2365 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2366 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/pcbios/0/Config/DmiSystemSerial" "string:1234"</screen>
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | <para>
|
---|
2369 | Changing this information can be necessary to provide the DMI
|
---|
2370 | information of the host to the guest to prevent Windows from
|
---|
2371 | asking for a new product key. On Linux hosts, the DMI BIOS
|
---|
2372 | information can be obtained with:
|
---|
2373 |
|
---|
2374 | <screen>dmidecode -t0</screen>
|
---|
2375 |
|
---|
2376 | The DMI system information can be obtained with:
|
---|
2377 |
|
---|
2378 | <screen>dmidecode -t1</screen>
|
---|
2379 | </para>
|
---|
2380 |
|
---|
2381 | </sect1>
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | <sect1 id="changeacpicust">
|
---|
2384 |
|
---|
2385 | <title>Configuring the Custom ACPI Table</title>
|
---|
2386 |
|
---|
2387 | <para>
|
---|
2388 | VirtualBox can be configured to present an custom ACPI table to
|
---|
2389 | the guest. Use the following command to configure this:
|
---|
2390 | </para>
|
---|
2391 |
|
---|
2392 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"
|
---|
2393 | "VBoxInternal/Devices/acpi/0/Config/CustomTable" "/path/to/table.bin"</screen>
|
---|
2394 |
|
---|
2395 | <para>
|
---|
2396 | Configuring a custom ACPI table can prevent Windows Vista and
|
---|
2397 | Windows 7 from asking for a new product key. On Linux hosts, one
|
---|
2398 | of the host tables can be read from
|
---|
2399 | <filename>/sys/firmware/acpi/tables/</filename>.
|
---|
2400 | </para>
|
---|
2401 |
|
---|
2402 | </sect1>
|
---|
2403 |
|
---|
2404 | <sect1 id="fine-tune-timers">
|
---|
2405 |
|
---|
2406 | <title>Fine Tuning Timers and Time Synchronization</title>
|
---|
2407 |
|
---|
2408 | <sect2 id="changetscmode">
|
---|
2409 |
|
---|
2410 | <title>Configuring the Guest Time Stamp Counter (TSC) to Reflect Guest
|
---|
2411 | Execution</title>
|
---|
2412 |
|
---|
2413 | <para>
|
---|
2414 | By default, VirtualBox keeps all sources of time visible to the
|
---|
2415 | guest synchronized to a single time source, the monotonic host
|
---|
2416 | time. This reflects the assumptions of many guest operating
|
---|
2417 | systems, which expect all time sources to reflect "wall clock"
|
---|
2418 | time. In special circumstances it may be useful however to make
|
---|
2419 | the time stamp counter (TSC) in the guest reflect the time
|
---|
2420 | actually spent executing the guest.
|
---|
2421 | </para>
|
---|
2422 |
|
---|
2423 | <para>
|
---|
2424 | This special TSC handling mode can be enabled on a per-VM basis,
|
---|
2425 | and for best results must be used only in combination with
|
---|
2426 | hardware virtualization. To enable this mode use the following
|
---|
2427 | command:
|
---|
2428 | </para>
|
---|
2429 |
|
---|
2430 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/TSCTiedToExecution" 1</screen>
|
---|
2431 |
|
---|
2432 | <para>
|
---|
2433 | To revert to the default TSC handling mode use:
|
---|
2434 | </para>
|
---|
2435 |
|
---|
2436 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/TSCTiedToExecution"</screen>
|
---|
2437 |
|
---|
2438 | <para>
|
---|
2439 | Note that if you use the special TSC handling mode with a guest
|
---|
2440 | operating system which is very strict about the consistency of
|
---|
2441 | time sources you may get a warning or error message about the
|
---|
2442 | timing inconsistency. It may also cause clocks to become
|
---|
2443 | unreliable with some guest operating systems depending on how
|
---|
2444 | they use the TSC.
|
---|
2445 | </para>
|
---|
2446 |
|
---|
2447 | </sect2>
|
---|
2448 |
|
---|
2449 | <sect2 id="warpguest">
|
---|
2450 |
|
---|
2451 | <title>Accelerate or Slow Down the Guest Clock</title>
|
---|
2452 |
|
---|
2453 | <para>
|
---|
2454 | For certain purposes it can be useful to accelerate or to slow
|
---|
2455 | down the virtual guest clock. This can be achieved as follows:
|
---|
2456 | </para>
|
---|
2457 |
|
---|
2458 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/WarpDrivePercentage" 200</screen>
|
---|
2459 |
|
---|
2460 | <para>
|
---|
2461 | The above example will double the speed of the guest clock while
|
---|
2462 | </para>
|
---|
2463 |
|
---|
2464 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/TM/WarpDrivePercentage" 50</screen>
|
---|
2465 |
|
---|
2466 | <para>
|
---|
2467 | will halve the speed of the guest clock. Note that changing the
|
---|
2468 | rate of the virtual clock can confuse the guest and can even
|
---|
2469 | lead to abnormal guest behavior. For instance, a higher clock
|
---|
2470 | rate means shorter timeouts for virtual devices with the result
|
---|
2471 | that a slightly increased response time of a virtual device due
|
---|
2472 | to an increased host load can cause guest failures. Note further
|
---|
2473 | that any time synchronization mechanism will frequently try to
|
---|
2474 | resynchronize the guest clock with the reference clock, which is
|
---|
2475 | the host clock if the VirtualBox Guest Additions are active.
|
---|
2476 | Therefore any time synchronization should be disabled if the
|
---|
2477 | rate of the guest clock is changed as described above. See
|
---|
2478 | <xref linkend="changetimesync" />.
|
---|
2479 | </para>
|
---|
2480 |
|
---|
2481 | </sect2>
|
---|
2482 |
|
---|
2483 | <sect2 id="changetimesync">
|
---|
2484 |
|
---|
2485 | <title>Tuning the Guest Additions Time Synchronization Parameters</title>
|
---|
2486 |
|
---|
2487 | <para>
|
---|
2488 | The VirtualBox Guest Additions ensure that the guest's system
|
---|
2489 | time is synchronized with the host time. There are several
|
---|
2490 | parameters which can be tuned. The parameters can be set for a
|
---|
2491 | specific VM using the following command:
|
---|
2492 | </para>
|
---|
2493 |
|
---|
2494 | <screen>VBoxManage guestproperty set "VM name" "/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/PARAMETER" VALUE</screen>
|
---|
2495 |
|
---|
2496 | <para>
|
---|
2497 | where <computeroutput>PARAMETER</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
2498 | following:
|
---|
2499 | </para>
|
---|
2500 |
|
---|
2501 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2502 |
|
---|
2503 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2504 | <term>
|
---|
2505 | <computeroutput>--timesync-interval</computeroutput>
|
---|
2506 | </term>
|
---|
2507 |
|
---|
2508 | <listitem>
|
---|
2509 | <para>
|
---|
2510 | Specifies the interval at which to synchronize the time
|
---|
2511 | with the host. The default is 10000 ms (10 seconds).
|
---|
2512 | </para>
|
---|
2513 | </listitem>
|
---|
2514 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2515 |
|
---|
2516 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2517 | <term>
|
---|
2518 | <computeroutput>--timesync-min-adjust</computeroutput>
|
---|
2519 | </term>
|
---|
2520 |
|
---|
2521 | <listitem>
|
---|
2522 | <para>
|
---|
2523 | The minimum absolute drift value measured in milliseconds
|
---|
2524 | to make adjustments for. The default is 1000 ms on OS/2
|
---|
2525 | and 100 ms elsewhere.
|
---|
2526 | </para>
|
---|
2527 | </listitem>
|
---|
2528 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2529 |
|
---|
2530 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2531 | <term>
|
---|
2532 | <computeroutput>--timesync-latency-factor</computeroutput>
|
---|
2533 | </term>
|
---|
2534 |
|
---|
2535 | <listitem>
|
---|
2536 | <para>
|
---|
2537 | The factor to multiply the time query latency with to
|
---|
2538 | calculate the dynamic minimum adjust time. The default is
|
---|
2539 | 8 times, which means as follows:
|
---|
2540 | </para>
|
---|
2541 |
|
---|
2542 | <para>
|
---|
2543 | Measure the time it takes to determine the host time, the
|
---|
2544 | guest has to contact the VM host service which may take
|
---|
2545 | some time. Multiply this value by 8 and do an adjustment
|
---|
2546 | only if the time difference between host and guest is
|
---|
2547 | bigger than this value. Do not do any time adjustment
|
---|
2548 | otherwise.
|
---|
2549 | </para>
|
---|
2550 | </listitem>
|
---|
2551 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2552 |
|
---|
2553 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2554 | <term>
|
---|
2555 | <computeroutput>--timesync-max-latency</computeroutput>
|
---|
2556 | </term>
|
---|
2557 |
|
---|
2558 | <listitem>
|
---|
2559 | <para>
|
---|
2560 | The max host timer query latency to accept. The default is
|
---|
2561 | 250 ms.
|
---|
2562 | </para>
|
---|
2563 | </listitem>
|
---|
2564 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2565 |
|
---|
2566 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2567 | <term>
|
---|
2568 | <computeroutput>--timesync-set-threshold</computeroutput>
|
---|
2569 | </term>
|
---|
2570 |
|
---|
2571 | <listitem>
|
---|
2572 | <para>
|
---|
2573 | The absolute drift threshold, given as milliseconds where
|
---|
2574 | to start setting the time instead of trying to smoothly
|
---|
2575 | adjust it. The default is 20 minutes.
|
---|
2576 | </para>
|
---|
2577 | </listitem>
|
---|
2578 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2579 |
|
---|
2580 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2581 | <term>
|
---|
2582 | <computeroutput>--timesync-set-start</computeroutput>
|
---|
2583 | </term>
|
---|
2584 |
|
---|
2585 | <listitem>
|
---|
2586 | <para>
|
---|
2587 | Set the time when starting the time sync service.
|
---|
2588 | </para>
|
---|
2589 | </listitem>
|
---|
2590 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2591 |
|
---|
2592 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2593 | <term>
|
---|
2594 | <computeroutput>--timesync-set-on-restore
|
---|
2595 | 0|1</computeroutput>
|
---|
2596 | </term>
|
---|
2597 |
|
---|
2598 | <listitem>
|
---|
2599 | <para>
|
---|
2600 | Set the time after the VM was restored from a saved state
|
---|
2601 | when passing 1 as parameter (default). Disable by passing
|
---|
2602 | 0. In the latter case, the time will be adjusted smoothly
|
---|
2603 | which can take a long time.
|
---|
2604 | </para>
|
---|
2605 | </listitem>
|
---|
2606 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
2607 |
|
---|
2608 | </variablelist>
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | <para>
|
---|
2611 | All these parameters can be specified as command line parameters
|
---|
2612 | to VBoxService as well.
|
---|
2613 | </para>
|
---|
2614 |
|
---|
2615 | </sect2>
|
---|
2616 |
|
---|
2617 | <sect2 id="disabletimesync">
|
---|
2618 |
|
---|
2619 | <title>Disabling the Guest Additions Time Synchronization</title>
|
---|
2620 |
|
---|
2621 | <para>
|
---|
2622 | Once installed and started, the VirtualBox Guest Additions will
|
---|
2623 | try to synchronize the guest time with the host time. This can
|
---|
2624 | be prevented by forbidding the guest service from reading the
|
---|
2625 | host clock:
|
---|
2626 | </para>
|
---|
2627 |
|
---|
2628 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/GetHostTimeDisabled" 1</screen>
|
---|
2629 |
|
---|
2630 | </sect2>
|
---|
2631 |
|
---|
2632 | </sect1>
|
---|
2633 |
|
---|
2634 | <sect1 id="vboxbowsolaris11">
|
---|
2635 |
|
---|
2636 | <title>Installing the Alternate Bridged Networking Driver on Solaris 11 hosts</title>
|
---|
2637 |
|
---|
2638 | <para>
|
---|
2639 | Starting with VirtualBox 4.1, VirtualBox ships a new network
|
---|
2640 | filter driver that utilizes Solaris 11's Crossbow functionality.
|
---|
2641 | By default, this new driver is installed for Solaris 11 hosts
|
---|
2642 | (builds 159 and above) that has support for it.
|
---|
2643 | </para>
|
---|
2644 |
|
---|
2645 | <para>
|
---|
2646 | To force installation of the older STREAMS based network filter
|
---|
2647 | driver, execute as root the following command before installing
|
---|
2648 | the VirtualBox package:
|
---|
2649 | </para>
|
---|
2650 |
|
---|
2651 | <screen>touch /etc/vboxinst_vboxflt</screen>
|
---|
2652 |
|
---|
2653 | <para>
|
---|
2654 | To force installation of the Crossbow based network filter driver,
|
---|
2655 | execute as root the following command before installing the
|
---|
2656 | VirtualBox package:
|
---|
2657 | </para>
|
---|
2658 |
|
---|
2659 | <screen>touch /etc/vboxinst_vboxbow</screen>
|
---|
2660 |
|
---|
2661 | <para>
|
---|
2662 | To check which driver is currently being used by VirtualBox,
|
---|
2663 | execute:
|
---|
2664 | </para>
|
---|
2665 |
|
---|
2666 | <screen>modinfo | grep vbox</screen>
|
---|
2667 |
|
---|
2668 | <para>
|
---|
2669 | If the output contains "vboxbow", it indicates VirtualBox is using
|
---|
2670 | the Crossbow network filter driver, while the name "vboxflt"
|
---|
2671 | indicates usage of the older STREAMS network filter.
|
---|
2672 | </para>
|
---|
2673 |
|
---|
2674 | </sect1>
|
---|
2675 |
|
---|
2676 | <sect1 id="vboxbowvnictemplates">
|
---|
2677 |
|
---|
2678 | <title>VirtualBox VNIC Templates for VLANs on Solaris 11 Hosts</title>
|
---|
2679 |
|
---|
2680 | <para>
|
---|
2681 | VirtualBox supports Virtual Network Interface (VNIC) templates for
|
---|
2682 | configuring VMs over VLANs.
|
---|
2683 |
|
---|
2684 | <footnote>
|
---|
2685 |
|
---|
2686 | <para>
|
---|
2687 | Support for Crossbow based bridged networking was introduced
|
---|
2688 | with VirtualBox 4.1 and requires Solaris 11 build 159 or
|
---|
2689 | above.
|
---|
2690 | </para>
|
---|
2691 |
|
---|
2692 | </footnote>
|
---|
2693 |
|
---|
2694 | A VirtualBox VNIC template is a VNIC whose name starts with
|
---|
2695 | "vboxvnic_template". The string is case-sensitive.
|
---|
2696 | </para>
|
---|
2697 |
|
---|
2698 | <para>
|
---|
2699 | On Solaris 11 hosts, a VNIC template may be used to specify the
|
---|
2700 | VLAN ID to use while bridging over a network link.
|
---|
2701 |
|
---|
2702 | <footnote>
|
---|
2703 |
|
---|
2704 | <para>
|
---|
2705 | When Crossbow based bridged networking is used.
|
---|
2706 | </para>
|
---|
2707 |
|
---|
2708 | </footnote>
|
---|
2709 | </para>
|
---|
2710 |
|
---|
2711 | <para>
|
---|
2712 | Here is an example of how to use a VNIC template to configure a VM
|
---|
2713 | over a VLAN. Create a VirtualBox VNIC template, by executing as
|
---|
2714 | root:
|
---|
2715 | </para>
|
---|
2716 |
|
---|
2717 | <screen>dladm create-vnic -t -l nge0 -v 23 vboxvnic_template0</screen>
|
---|
2718 |
|
---|
2719 | <para>
|
---|
2720 | This will create a temporary VNIC template over interface "nge0"
|
---|
2721 | with the VLAN ID 23. To create VNIC templates that are persistent
|
---|
2722 | across host reboots, skip the <computeroutput>-t</computeroutput>
|
---|
2723 | parameter in the above command. You may check the current state of
|
---|
2724 | links using:
|
---|
2725 | </para>
|
---|
2726 |
|
---|
2727 | <para>
|
---|
2728 | <screen>$ dladm show-link
|
---|
2729 | LINK CLASS MTU STATE BRIDGE OVER
|
---|
2730 | nge0 phys 1500 up -- --
|
---|
2731 | nge1 phys 1500 down -- --
|
---|
2732 | vboxvnic_template0 vnic 1500 up -- nge0
|
---|
2733 |
|
---|
2734 | $ dladm show-vnic
|
---|
2735 | LINK OVER SPEED MACADDRESS MACADDRTYPE VID
|
---|
2736 | vboxvnic_template0 nge0 1000 2:8:20:25:12:75 random 23</screen>
|
---|
2737 | </para>
|
---|
2738 |
|
---|
2739 | <para>
|
---|
2740 | Once the VNIC template is created, any VMs that need to be on VLAN
|
---|
2741 | 23 over the interface "nge0" can be configured to bridge using
|
---|
2742 | this VNIC template.
|
---|
2743 | </para>
|
---|
2744 |
|
---|
2745 | <para>
|
---|
2746 | VNIC templates makes managing VMs on VLANs simpler and efficient.
|
---|
2747 | The VLAN details are not stored as part of every VM's
|
---|
2748 | configuration but rather inherited from the VNIC template while
|
---|
2749 | starting the VM. The VNIC template itself can be modified anytime
|
---|
2750 | using <computeroutput>dladm</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2751 | </para>
|
---|
2752 |
|
---|
2753 | <para>
|
---|
2754 | VNIC templates can be created with additional properties such as
|
---|
2755 | bandwidth limits, CPU fanout etc. Refer to your Solaris network
|
---|
2756 | documentation on how to accomplish this. These additional
|
---|
2757 | properties, if any, are also applied to VMs which bridge using the
|
---|
2758 | VNIC template.
|
---|
2759 | </para>
|
---|
2760 |
|
---|
2761 | </sect1>
|
---|
2762 |
|
---|
2763 | <sect1 id="addhostonlysolaris">
|
---|
2764 |
|
---|
2765 | <title>Configuring Multiple Host-Only Network Interfaces on Solaris Hosts</title>
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | <para>
|
---|
2768 | By default VirtualBox provides you with one host-only network
|
---|
2769 | interface. Adding more host-only network interfaces on Solaris
|
---|
2770 | hosts requires manual configuration. Here is how to add another
|
---|
2771 | host-only network interface.
|
---|
2772 | </para>
|
---|
2773 |
|
---|
2774 | <para>
|
---|
2775 | Begin by stopping all running VMs. Then, unplumb the existing
|
---|
2776 | "vboxnet0" interface by execute the following command as root:
|
---|
2777 | </para>
|
---|
2778 |
|
---|
2779 | <screen>ifconfig vboxnet0 unplumb</screen>
|
---|
2780 |
|
---|
2781 | <para>
|
---|
2782 | If you have several vboxnet interfaces, you will need to unplumb
|
---|
2783 | all of them. Once all vboxnet interfaces are unplumbed, remove the
|
---|
2784 | driver by executing the following command as root:
|
---|
2785 | </para>
|
---|
2786 |
|
---|
2787 | <screen>rem_drv vboxnet</screen>
|
---|
2788 |
|
---|
2789 | <para>
|
---|
2790 | Edit the file
|
---|
2791 | <computeroutput>/platform/i86pc/kernel/drv/vboxnet.conf</computeroutput>
|
---|
2792 | and add a line for the new interface we want to add as shown
|
---|
2793 | below:
|
---|
2794 | </para>
|
---|
2795 |
|
---|
2796 | <screen>name="vboxnet" parent="pseudo" instance=1;
|
---|
2797 | name="vboxnet" parent="pseudo" instance=2;</screen>
|
---|
2798 |
|
---|
2799 | <para>
|
---|
2800 | Add as many of these lines as required with each line having a
|
---|
2801 | unique instance number.
|
---|
2802 | </para>
|
---|
2803 |
|
---|
2804 | <para>
|
---|
2805 | Next, reload the vboxnet driver by executing the following command
|
---|
2806 | as root:
|
---|
2807 | </para>
|
---|
2808 |
|
---|
2809 | <screen>add_drv vboxnet</screen>
|
---|
2810 |
|
---|
2811 | <para>
|
---|
2812 | On Solaris 11.1 and newer hosts you may want to rename the default
|
---|
2813 | vanity interface name. To check what name has been assigned,
|
---|
2814 | execute:
|
---|
2815 | </para>
|
---|
2816 |
|
---|
2817 | <screen>dladm show-phys
|
---|
2818 | LINK MEDIA STATE SPEED DUPLEX DEVICE
|
---|
2819 | net0 Ethernet up 100 full e1000g0
|
---|
2820 | net2 Ethernet up 1000 full vboxnet1
|
---|
2821 | net1 Ethernet up 1000 full vboxnet0</screen>
|
---|
2822 |
|
---|
2823 | <para>
|
---|
2824 | In the above example, we can rename "net2" to "vboxnet1" before
|
---|
2825 | proceeding to plumb the interface. This can be done by executing
|
---|
2826 | as root:
|
---|
2827 | </para>
|
---|
2828 |
|
---|
2829 | <screen>dladm rename-link net2 vboxnet1</screen>
|
---|
2830 |
|
---|
2831 | <para>
|
---|
2832 | Now plumb all the interfaces using <computeroutput>ifconfig
|
---|
2833 | vboxnetX plumb</computeroutput>, where 'X' would be 1 in this
|
---|
2834 | case. Once the interface is plumbed, it may be configured like any
|
---|
2835 | other network interface. Refer to the
|
---|
2836 | <computeroutput>ifconfig</computeroutput> documentation for
|
---|
2837 | further details.
|
---|
2838 | </para>
|
---|
2839 |
|
---|
2840 | <para>
|
---|
2841 | To make the settings for the newly added interfaces persistent
|
---|
2842 | across reboots, you will need to edit the files
|
---|
2843 | <computeroutput>/etc/inet/netmasks</computeroutput>, and if you
|
---|
2844 | are using NWAM <computeroutput>/etc/nwam/llp</computeroutput> and
|
---|
2845 | add the appropriate entries to set the netmask and static IP for
|
---|
2846 | each of those interfaces. The VirtualBox installer only updates
|
---|
2847 | these configuration files for the one "vboxnet0" interface it
|
---|
2848 | creates by default.
|
---|
2849 | </para>
|
---|
2850 |
|
---|
2851 | </sect1>
|
---|
2852 |
|
---|
2853 | <sect1 id="solariscodedumper">
|
---|
2854 |
|
---|
2855 | <title>Configuring the VirtualBox CoreDumper on Solaris Hosts</title>
|
---|
2856 |
|
---|
2857 | <para>
|
---|
2858 | VirtualBox is capable of producing its own core files for
|
---|
2859 | extensive debugging when things go wrong. Currently this is only
|
---|
2860 | available on Solaris hosts.
|
---|
2861 | </para>
|
---|
2862 |
|
---|
2863 | <para>
|
---|
2864 | The VirtualBox CoreDumper can be enabled using the following
|
---|
2865 | command:
|
---|
2866 | </para>
|
---|
2867 |
|
---|
2868 | <para>
|
---|
2869 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpEnabled 1</screen>
|
---|
2870 | </para>
|
---|
2871 |
|
---|
2872 | <para>
|
---|
2873 | You can specify which directory to use for core dumps with this
|
---|
2874 | command:
|
---|
2875 | </para>
|
---|
2876 |
|
---|
2877 | <para>
|
---|
2878 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpDir <path-to-directory></screen>
|
---|
2879 |
|
---|
2880 | Make sure the directory you specify is on a volume with sufficient
|
---|
2881 | free space and that the VirtualBox process has sufficient
|
---|
2882 | permissions to write files to this directory. If you skip this
|
---|
2883 | command and do not specify any core dump directory, the current
|
---|
2884 | directory of the VirtualBox executable will be used. This would
|
---|
2885 | most likely fail when writing cores as they are protected with
|
---|
2886 | root permissions. It is recommended you explicitly set a core dump
|
---|
2887 | directory.
|
---|
2888 | </para>
|
---|
2889 |
|
---|
2890 | <para>
|
---|
2891 | You must specify when the VirtualBox CoreDumper should be
|
---|
2892 | triggered. This is done using the following commands:
|
---|
2893 | </para>
|
---|
2894 |
|
---|
2895 | <para>
|
---|
2896 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump 1
|
---|
2897 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal2/CoreDumpLive 1</screen>
|
---|
2898 |
|
---|
2899 | At least one of the above two commands will have to be provided if
|
---|
2900 | you have enabled the VirtualBox CoreDumper.
|
---|
2901 | </para>
|
---|
2902 |
|
---|
2903 | <para>
|
---|
2904 | Setting <computeroutput>CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump</computeroutput>
|
---|
2905 | sets up the VM to override the host's core dumping mechanism and
|
---|
2906 | in the event of any crash only the VirtualBox CoreDumper would
|
---|
2907 | produce the core file.
|
---|
2908 | </para>
|
---|
2909 |
|
---|
2910 | <para>
|
---|
2911 | Setting <computeroutput>CoreDumpLive</computeroutput> sets up the
|
---|
2912 | VM to produce cores whenever the VM process receives a
|
---|
2913 | <computeroutput>SIGUSR2</computeroutput> signal. After producing
|
---|
2914 | the core file, the VM will not be terminated and will continue to
|
---|
2915 | run. You can thus take cores of the VM process using:
|
---|
2916 | </para>
|
---|
2917 |
|
---|
2918 | <para>
|
---|
2919 | <screen>kill -s SIGUSR2 <VM-process-id></screen>
|
---|
2920 | </para>
|
---|
2921 |
|
---|
2922 | <para>
|
---|
2923 | Core files produced by the VirtualBox CoreDumper are of the form
|
---|
2924 | <computeroutput>core.vb.<ProcessName>.<ProcessID></computeroutput>,
|
---|
2925 | for example
|
---|
2926 | <computeroutput>core.vb.VBoxHeadless.11321</computeroutput>.
|
---|
2927 | </para>
|
---|
2928 |
|
---|
2929 | </sect1>
|
---|
2930 |
|
---|
2931 | <sect1 id="vboxandsolzvmm">
|
---|
2932 |
|
---|
2933 | <title>VirtualBox and Solaris Kernel Zones</title>
|
---|
2934 |
|
---|
2935 | <para>
|
---|
2936 | Solaris kernel zones on x86-based systems make use of
|
---|
2937 | hardware-assisted virtualization features like VirtualBox does.
|
---|
2938 | However, for kernel zones and VirtualBox to share this hardware
|
---|
2939 | resource, they need to co-operate.
|
---|
2940 | </para>
|
---|
2941 |
|
---|
2942 | <para>
|
---|
2943 | By default, due to performance reasons, VirtualBox acquires the
|
---|
2944 | hardware-assisted virtualization resource (VT-x/AMD-V) globally on
|
---|
2945 | the host machine and uses it until the last VirtualBox VM that
|
---|
2946 | requires it is powered off. This prevents other software from
|
---|
2947 | using VT-x/AMD-V during the time VirtualBox has taken control of
|
---|
2948 | it.
|
---|
2949 | </para>
|
---|
2950 |
|
---|
2951 | <para>
|
---|
2952 | VirtualBox can be instructed to relinquish use of
|
---|
2953 | hardware-assisted virtualization features when not executing guest
|
---|
2954 | code, thereby allowing kernel zones to make use of them. To do
|
---|
2955 | this, shutdown all VirtualBox VMs and execute the following
|
---|
2956 | command:
|
---|
2957 | </para>
|
---|
2958 |
|
---|
2959 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty hwvirtexclusive off</screen>
|
---|
2960 |
|
---|
2961 | <para>
|
---|
2962 | This command needs to be executed only once as the setting is
|
---|
2963 | stored as part of the global VirtualBox settings which will
|
---|
2964 | continue to persist across host-reboots and VirtualBox upgrades.
|
---|
2965 | </para>
|
---|
2966 |
|
---|
2967 | </sect1>
|
---|
2968 |
|
---|
2969 | <sect1 id="guitweaks">
|
---|
2970 |
|
---|
2971 | <title>Locking Down the VirtualBox GUI</title>
|
---|
2972 |
|
---|
2973 | <sect2 id="customize-vm-manager">
|
---|
2974 |
|
---|
2975 | <title>Customizing the VM Manager</title>
|
---|
2976 |
|
---|
2977 | <para>
|
---|
2978 | There are several advanced customization settings for locking
|
---|
2979 | down the VirtualBox manager. Locking down means removing some
|
---|
2980 | features that the user should not see.
|
---|
2981 | </para>
|
---|
2982 |
|
---|
2983 | <para>
|
---|
2984 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Customizations OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
2985 | </para>
|
---|
2986 |
|
---|
2987 | <para>
|
---|
2988 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
2989 | following keywords:
|
---|
2990 | </para>
|
---|
2991 |
|
---|
2992 | <variablelist>
|
---|
2993 |
|
---|
2994 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
2995 | <term>
|
---|
2996 | <computeroutput>noSelector</computeroutput>
|
---|
2997 | </term>
|
---|
2998 |
|
---|
2999 | <listitem>
|
---|
3000 | <para>
|
---|
3001 | Do not allow users to start the VirtualBox manager. Trying
|
---|
3002 | to do so will show a window containing a proper error
|
---|
3003 | message.
|
---|
3004 | </para>
|
---|
3005 | </listitem>
|
---|
3006 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3007 |
|
---|
3008 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3009 | <term>
|
---|
3010 | <computeroutput>noMenuBar</computeroutput>
|
---|
3011 | </term>
|
---|
3012 |
|
---|
3013 | <listitem>
|
---|
3014 | <para>
|
---|
3015 | VM windows will not contain a menu bar.
|
---|
3016 | </para>
|
---|
3017 | </listitem>
|
---|
3018 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3019 |
|
---|
3020 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3021 | <term>
|
---|
3022 | <computeroutput>noStatusBar</computeroutput>
|
---|
3023 | </term>
|
---|
3024 |
|
---|
3025 | <listitem>
|
---|
3026 | <para>
|
---|
3027 | VM windows will not contain a status bar.
|
---|
3028 | </para>
|
---|
3029 | </listitem>
|
---|
3030 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3031 |
|
---|
3032 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3033 |
|
---|
3034 | <para>
|
---|
3035 | To disable any of these VM manager customizations do
|
---|
3036 |
|
---|
3037 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Customizations</screen>
|
---|
3038 | </para>
|
---|
3039 |
|
---|
3040 | </sect2>
|
---|
3041 |
|
---|
3042 | <sect2 id="customize-vm-selector">
|
---|
3043 |
|
---|
3044 | <title>VM Selector Customization</title>
|
---|
3045 |
|
---|
3046 | <para>
|
---|
3047 | The following per-machine VM extradata settings can be used to
|
---|
3048 | change the behavior of the VM selector window in respect of
|
---|
3049 | certain VMs:
|
---|
3050 | </para>
|
---|
3051 |
|
---|
3052 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" SETTING true</screen>
|
---|
3053 |
|
---|
3054 | <para>
|
---|
3055 | where <computeroutput>SETTING</computeroutput> can be:
|
---|
3056 | </para>
|
---|
3057 |
|
---|
3058 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3059 |
|
---|
3060 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3061 | <term>
|
---|
3062 | <computeroutput>GUI/HideDetails</computeroutput>
|
---|
3063 | </term>
|
---|
3064 |
|
---|
3065 | <listitem>
|
---|
3066 | <para>
|
---|
3067 | Do not show the VM configuration of a certain VM. The
|
---|
3068 | details window will remain just empty if this VM is
|
---|
3069 | selected.
|
---|
3070 | </para>
|
---|
3071 | </listitem>
|
---|
3072 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3073 |
|
---|
3074 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3075 | <term>
|
---|
3076 | <computeroutput>GUI/PreventReconfiguration</computeroutput>
|
---|
3077 | </term>
|
---|
3078 |
|
---|
3079 | <listitem>
|
---|
3080 | <para>
|
---|
3081 | Do not allow the user to open the settings dialog for a
|
---|
3082 | certain VM.
|
---|
3083 | </para>
|
---|
3084 | </listitem>
|
---|
3085 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3086 |
|
---|
3087 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3088 | <term>
|
---|
3089 | <computeroutput>GUI/PreventSnapshotOperations</computeroutput>
|
---|
3090 | </term>
|
---|
3091 |
|
---|
3092 | <listitem>
|
---|
3093 | <para>
|
---|
3094 | Prevent snapshot operations for a VM from the GUI, either
|
---|
3095 | at runtime or when the VM is powered off.
|
---|
3096 | </para>
|
---|
3097 | </listitem>
|
---|
3098 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3099 |
|
---|
3100 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3101 | <term>
|
---|
3102 | <computeroutput>GUI/HideFromManager</computeroutput>
|
---|
3103 | </term>
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | <listitem>
|
---|
3106 | <para>
|
---|
3107 | Hide a certain VM in the VM selector window.
|
---|
3108 | </para>
|
---|
3109 | </listitem>
|
---|
3110 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3111 |
|
---|
3112 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3113 | <term>
|
---|
3114 | <computeroutput>GUI/PreventApplicationUpdate</computeroutput>
|
---|
3115 | </term>
|
---|
3116 |
|
---|
3117 | <listitem>
|
---|
3118 | <para>
|
---|
3119 | Disable the automatic update check and hide the
|
---|
3120 | corresponding menu item.
|
---|
3121 | </para>
|
---|
3122 | </listitem>
|
---|
3123 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3124 |
|
---|
3125 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3126 |
|
---|
3127 | <para>
|
---|
3128 | Please note that these settings would not prevent the user from
|
---|
3129 | reconfiguring the VM by <computeroutput>VBoxManage
|
---|
3130 | modifyvm</computeroutput>.
|
---|
3131 | </para>
|
---|
3132 |
|
---|
3133 | </sect2>
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | <sect2 id="config-vm-selector-menu">
|
---|
3136 |
|
---|
3137 | <title>Configure VM Selector Menu Entries</title>
|
---|
3138 |
|
---|
3139 | <para>
|
---|
3140 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain entries in the global
|
---|
3141 | settings page of the VM selector:
|
---|
3142 | </para>
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3145 |
|
---|
3146 | <para>
|
---|
3147 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3148 | following keywords:
|
---|
3149 | </para>
|
---|
3150 |
|
---|
3151 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3152 |
|
---|
3153 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3154 | <term>
|
---|
3155 | <computeroutput>General</computeroutput>
|
---|
3156 | </term>
|
---|
3157 |
|
---|
3158 | <listitem>
|
---|
3159 | <para>
|
---|
3160 | Do not show the <emphasis>General</emphasis> settings
|
---|
3161 | pane.
|
---|
3162 | </para>
|
---|
3163 | </listitem>
|
---|
3164 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3165 |
|
---|
3166 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3167 | <term>
|
---|
3168 | <computeroutput>Input</computeroutput>
|
---|
3169 | </term>
|
---|
3170 |
|
---|
3171 | <listitem>
|
---|
3172 | <para>
|
---|
3173 | Do not show the <emphasis>Input</emphasis> settings pane.
|
---|
3174 | </para>
|
---|
3175 | </listitem>
|
---|
3176 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3177 |
|
---|
3178 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3179 | <term>
|
---|
3180 | <computeroutput>Update</computeroutput>
|
---|
3181 | </term>
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | <listitem>
|
---|
3184 | <para>
|
---|
3185 | Do not show the <emphasis>Update</emphasis> settings pane.
|
---|
3186 | </para>
|
---|
3187 | </listitem>
|
---|
3188 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3189 |
|
---|
3190 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3191 | <term>
|
---|
3192 | <computeroutput>Language</computeroutput>
|
---|
3193 | </term>
|
---|
3194 |
|
---|
3195 | <listitem>
|
---|
3196 | <para>
|
---|
3197 | Do not show the <emphasis>Language</emphasis> settings
|
---|
3198 | pane.
|
---|
3199 | </para>
|
---|
3200 | </listitem>
|
---|
3201 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3202 |
|
---|
3203 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3204 | <term>
|
---|
3205 | <computeroutput>Display</computeroutput>
|
---|
3206 | </term>
|
---|
3207 |
|
---|
3208 | <listitem>
|
---|
3209 | <para>
|
---|
3210 | Do not show the <emphasis>Display</emphasis> settings
|
---|
3211 | pane.
|
---|
3212 | </para>
|
---|
3213 | </listitem>
|
---|
3214 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3215 |
|
---|
3216 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3217 | <term>
|
---|
3218 | <computeroutput>Network</computeroutput>
|
---|
3219 | </term>
|
---|
3220 |
|
---|
3221 | <listitem>
|
---|
3222 | <para>
|
---|
3223 | Do not show the <emphasis>Network</emphasis> settings
|
---|
3224 | pane.
|
---|
3225 | </para>
|
---|
3226 | </listitem>
|
---|
3227 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3228 |
|
---|
3229 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3230 | <term>
|
---|
3231 | <computeroutput>Extensions</computeroutput>
|
---|
3232 | </term>
|
---|
3233 |
|
---|
3234 | <listitem>
|
---|
3235 | <para>
|
---|
3236 | Do not show the <emphasis>Extensions</emphasis> settings
|
---|
3237 | pane.
|
---|
3238 | </para>
|
---|
3239 | </listitem>
|
---|
3240 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3241 |
|
---|
3242 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3243 | <term>
|
---|
3244 | <computeroutput>Proxy</computeroutput>
|
---|
3245 | </term>
|
---|
3246 |
|
---|
3247 | <listitem>
|
---|
3248 | <para>
|
---|
3249 | Do not show the <emphasis>Proxy</emphasis> settings pane.
|
---|
3250 | </para>
|
---|
3251 | </listitem>
|
---|
3252 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3253 |
|
---|
3254 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3255 |
|
---|
3256 | <para>
|
---|
3257 | This is a global setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3258 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3259 | </para>
|
---|
3260 |
|
---|
3261 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages</screen>
|
---|
3262 |
|
---|
3263 | </sect2>
|
---|
3264 |
|
---|
3265 | <sect2 id="config-vm-window-menu">
|
---|
3266 |
|
---|
3267 | <title>Configure VM Window Menu Entries</title>
|
---|
3268 |
|
---|
3269 | <para>
|
---|
3270 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain menu actions in the VM
|
---|
3271 | window:
|
---|
3272 | </para>
|
---|
3273 |
|
---|
3274 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeMenus OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3275 |
|
---|
3276 | <para>
|
---|
3277 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3278 | following keywords:
|
---|
3279 | </para>
|
---|
3280 |
|
---|
3281 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3284 | <term>
|
---|
3285 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3286 | </term>
|
---|
3287 |
|
---|
3288 | <listitem>
|
---|
3289 | <para>
|
---|
3290 | Do not show any menu in the VM window.
|
---|
3291 | </para>
|
---|
3292 | </listitem>
|
---|
3293 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3294 |
|
---|
3295 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3296 | <term>
|
---|
3297 | <computeroutput>Machine</computeroutput>
|
---|
3298 | </term>
|
---|
3299 |
|
---|
3300 | <listitem>
|
---|
3301 | <para>
|
---|
3302 | Do not show the <emphasis>Machine</emphasis> menu in the
|
---|
3303 | VM window.
|
---|
3304 | </para>
|
---|
3305 | </listitem>
|
---|
3306 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3307 |
|
---|
3308 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3309 | <term>
|
---|
3310 | <computeroutput>View</computeroutput>
|
---|
3311 | </term>
|
---|
3312 |
|
---|
3313 | <listitem>
|
---|
3314 | <para>
|
---|
3315 | Do not show the <emphasis>View</emphasis> menu in the VM
|
---|
3316 | window.
|
---|
3317 | </para>
|
---|
3318 | </listitem>
|
---|
3319 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3320 |
|
---|
3321 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3322 | <term>
|
---|
3323 | <computeroutput>Devices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3324 | </term>
|
---|
3325 |
|
---|
3326 | <listitem>
|
---|
3327 | <para>
|
---|
3328 | Do not show the <emphasis>Devices</emphasis> menu in the
|
---|
3329 | VM window.
|
---|
3330 | </para>
|
---|
3331 | </listitem>
|
---|
3332 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3333 |
|
---|
3334 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3335 | <term>
|
---|
3336 | <computeroutput>Help</computeroutput>
|
---|
3337 | </term>
|
---|
3338 |
|
---|
3339 | <listitem>
|
---|
3340 | <para>
|
---|
3341 | Do not show the <emphasis>Help</emphasis> menu in the VM
|
---|
3342 | window.
|
---|
3343 | </para>
|
---|
3344 | </listitem>
|
---|
3345 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3346 |
|
---|
3347 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3348 | <term>
|
---|
3349 | <computeroutput>Debug</computeroutput>
|
---|
3350 | </term>
|
---|
3351 |
|
---|
3352 | <listitem>
|
---|
3353 | <para>
|
---|
3354 | Do not show the <emphasis>Debug</emphasis> menu in the VM
|
---|
3355 | window. The debug menu is only visible if the GUI was
|
---|
3356 | started with special command line parameters or
|
---|
3357 | environment variable settings.
|
---|
3358 | </para>
|
---|
3359 | </listitem>
|
---|
3360 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3361 |
|
---|
3362 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3363 |
|
---|
3364 | <para>
|
---|
3365 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3366 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3367 | </para>
|
---|
3368 |
|
---|
3369 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeMenus</screen>
|
---|
3370 |
|
---|
3371 | <para>
|
---|
3372 | You can also disable, or blacklist, certain menu actions of
|
---|
3373 | certain menus. Use the following command to disable certain
|
---|
3374 | actions of the <emphasis>Application</emphasis> menu. This is
|
---|
3375 | only available on Mac OS X hosts.
|
---|
3376 | </para>
|
---|
3377 |
|
---|
3378 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3379 |
|
---|
3380 | <para>
|
---|
3381 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3382 | following keywords:
|
---|
3383 | </para>
|
---|
3384 |
|
---|
3385 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3386 |
|
---|
3387 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3388 | <term>
|
---|
3389 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3390 | </term>
|
---|
3391 |
|
---|
3392 | <listitem>
|
---|
3393 | <para>
|
---|
3394 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3395 | </para>
|
---|
3396 | </listitem>
|
---|
3397 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3398 |
|
---|
3399 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3400 | <term>
|
---|
3401 | <computeroutput>About</computeroutput>
|
---|
3402 | </term>
|
---|
3403 |
|
---|
3404 | <listitem>
|
---|
3405 | <para>
|
---|
3406 | Do not show the <emphasis>About</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3407 | this menu.
|
---|
3408 | </para>
|
---|
3409 | </listitem>
|
---|
3410 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3411 |
|
---|
3412 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3413 |
|
---|
3414 | <para>
|
---|
3415 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3416 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3417 | </para>
|
---|
3418 |
|
---|
3419 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeMenus</screen>
|
---|
3420 |
|
---|
3421 | <para>
|
---|
3422 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3423 | <emphasis>Machine</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3424 | </para>
|
---|
3425 |
|
---|
3426 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3427 |
|
---|
3428 | <para>
|
---|
3429 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3430 | following keywords:
|
---|
3431 | </para>
|
---|
3432 |
|
---|
3433 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3434 |
|
---|
3435 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3436 | <term>
|
---|
3437 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3438 | </term>
|
---|
3439 |
|
---|
3440 | <listitem>
|
---|
3441 | <para>
|
---|
3442 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3443 | </para>
|
---|
3444 | </listitem>
|
---|
3445 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3448 | <term>
|
---|
3449 | <computeroutput>SettingsDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
3450 | </term>
|
---|
3451 |
|
---|
3452 | <listitem>
|
---|
3453 | <para>
|
---|
3454 | Do not show the <emphasis>Settings</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3455 | this menu.
|
---|
3456 | </para>
|
---|
3457 | </listitem>
|
---|
3458 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3459 |
|
---|
3460 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3461 | <term>
|
---|
3462 | <computeroutput>TakeSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
3463 | </term>
|
---|
3464 |
|
---|
3465 | <listitem>
|
---|
3466 | <para>
|
---|
3467 | Do not show the <emphasis>Take Snapshot</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3468 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3469 | </para>
|
---|
3470 | </listitem>
|
---|
3471 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3472 |
|
---|
3473 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3474 | <term>
|
---|
3475 | <computeroutput>TakeScreenshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
3476 | </term>
|
---|
3477 |
|
---|
3478 | <listitem>
|
---|
3479 | <para>
|
---|
3480 | Do not show the <emphasis>Take Screenshot</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3481 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3482 | </para>
|
---|
3483 | </listitem>
|
---|
3484 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3485 |
|
---|
3486 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3487 | <term>
|
---|
3488 | <computeroutput>InformationDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
3489 | </term>
|
---|
3490 |
|
---|
3491 | <listitem>
|
---|
3492 | <para>
|
---|
3493 | Do not show the <emphasis>Session Information</emphasis>
|
---|
3494 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3495 | </para>
|
---|
3496 | </listitem>
|
---|
3497 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3498 |
|
---|
3499 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3500 | <term>
|
---|
3501 | <computeroutput>MouseIntegration</computeroutput>
|
---|
3502 | </term>
|
---|
3503 |
|
---|
3504 | <listitem>
|
---|
3505 | <para>
|
---|
3506 | Do not show the <emphasis>Disable Mouse
|
---|
3507 | Integration</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3508 | </para>
|
---|
3509 | </listitem>
|
---|
3510 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3511 |
|
---|
3512 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3513 | <term>
|
---|
3514 | <computeroutput>TypeCAD</computeroutput>
|
---|
3515 | </term>
|
---|
3516 |
|
---|
3517 | <listitem>
|
---|
3518 | <para>
|
---|
3519 | Do not show the <emphasis>Insert Ctrl+Alt+Del</emphasis>
|
---|
3520 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3521 | </para>
|
---|
3522 | </listitem>
|
---|
3523 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3524 |
|
---|
3525 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3526 | <term>
|
---|
3527 | <computeroutput>TypeCABS</computeroutput>
|
---|
3528 | </term>
|
---|
3529 |
|
---|
3530 | <listitem>
|
---|
3531 | <para>
|
---|
3532 | Do not show the <emphasis>Insert
|
---|
3533 | Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3534 | Available on X11 hosts only.
|
---|
3535 | </para>
|
---|
3536 | </listitem>
|
---|
3537 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3538 |
|
---|
3539 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3540 | <term>
|
---|
3541 | <computeroutput>Pause</computeroutput>
|
---|
3542 | </term>
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | <listitem>
|
---|
3545 | <para>
|
---|
3546 | Do not show the <emphasis>Pause</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3547 | this menu.
|
---|
3548 | </para>
|
---|
3549 | </listitem>
|
---|
3550 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3551 |
|
---|
3552 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3553 | <term>
|
---|
3554 | <computeroutput>Reset</computeroutput>
|
---|
3555 | </term>
|
---|
3556 |
|
---|
3557 | <listitem>
|
---|
3558 | <para>
|
---|
3559 | Do not show the <emphasis>Reset</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
3560 | this menu.
|
---|
3561 | </para>
|
---|
3562 | </listitem>
|
---|
3563 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3564 |
|
---|
3565 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3566 | <term>
|
---|
3567 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
3568 | </term>
|
---|
3569 |
|
---|
3570 | <listitem>
|
---|
3571 | <para>
|
---|
3572 | Do not show the <emphasis>Save the machine
|
---|
3573 | state</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3574 | </para>
|
---|
3575 | </listitem>
|
---|
3576 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3577 |
|
---|
3578 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3579 | <term>
|
---|
3580 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
3581 | </term>
|
---|
3582 |
|
---|
3583 | <listitem>
|
---|
3584 | <para>
|
---|
3585 | Do not show the <emphasis>ACPI Shutdown</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3586 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3587 | </para>
|
---|
3588 | </listitem>
|
---|
3589 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3592 | <term>
|
---|
3593 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
3594 | </term>
|
---|
3595 |
|
---|
3596 | <listitem>
|
---|
3597 | <para>
|
---|
3598 | Do not show the <emphasis>Power Off the machine</emphasis>
|
---|
3599 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3600 | </para>
|
---|
3601 | </listitem>
|
---|
3602 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3603 |
|
---|
3604 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3605 |
|
---|
3606 | <para>
|
---|
3607 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3608 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3609 | </para>
|
---|
3610 |
|
---|
3611 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeApplicationMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3612 |
|
---|
3613 | <para>
|
---|
3614 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3615 | <emphasis>View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3616 | </para>
|
---|
3617 |
|
---|
3618 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeViewMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3619 |
|
---|
3620 | <para>
|
---|
3621 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3622 | following keywords:
|
---|
3623 | </para>
|
---|
3624 |
|
---|
3625 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3626 |
|
---|
3627 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3628 | <term>
|
---|
3629 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3630 | </term>
|
---|
3631 |
|
---|
3632 | <listitem>
|
---|
3633 | <para>
|
---|
3634 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3635 | </para>
|
---|
3636 | </listitem>
|
---|
3637 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3638 |
|
---|
3639 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3640 | <term>
|
---|
3641 | <computeroutput>Fullscreen</computeroutput>
|
---|
3642 | </term>
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | <listitem>
|
---|
3645 | <para>
|
---|
3646 | Do not show the <emphasis>Switch to Fullscreen</emphasis>
|
---|
3647 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3648 | </para>
|
---|
3649 | </listitem>
|
---|
3650 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3651 |
|
---|
3652 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3653 | <term>
|
---|
3654 | <computeroutput>Seamless</computeroutput>
|
---|
3655 | </term>
|
---|
3656 |
|
---|
3657 | <listitem>
|
---|
3658 | <para>
|
---|
3659 | Do not show the <emphasis>Switch to Seamless
|
---|
3660 | Mode</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3661 | </para>
|
---|
3662 | </listitem>
|
---|
3663 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3664 |
|
---|
3665 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3666 | <term>
|
---|
3667 | <computeroutput>Scale</computeroutput>
|
---|
3668 | </term>
|
---|
3669 |
|
---|
3670 | <listitem>
|
---|
3671 | <para>
|
---|
3672 | Do not show the <emphasis>Switch to Scaled Mode</emphasis>
|
---|
3673 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3674 | </para>
|
---|
3675 | </listitem>
|
---|
3676 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3677 |
|
---|
3678 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3679 | <term>
|
---|
3680 | <computeroutput>GuestAutoresize</computeroutput>
|
---|
3681 | </term>
|
---|
3682 |
|
---|
3683 | <listitem>
|
---|
3684 | <para>
|
---|
3685 | Do not show the <emphasis>Auto-resize Guest
|
---|
3686 | Display</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3687 | </para>
|
---|
3688 | </listitem>
|
---|
3689 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3690 |
|
---|
3691 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3692 | <term>
|
---|
3693 | <computeroutput>AdjustWindow</computeroutput>
|
---|
3694 | </term>
|
---|
3695 |
|
---|
3696 | <listitem>
|
---|
3697 | <para>
|
---|
3698 | Do not show the <emphasis>Adjust Window Size</emphasis>
|
---|
3699 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3700 | </para>
|
---|
3701 | </listitem>
|
---|
3702 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3703 |
|
---|
3704 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3705 | <term>
|
---|
3706 | <computeroutput>Multiscreen</computeroutput>
|
---|
3707 | </term>
|
---|
3708 |
|
---|
3709 | <listitem>
|
---|
3710 | <para>
|
---|
3711 | Do not show the <emphasis>Multiscreen</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
3712 | in this menu. Only visible in full screen/seamless mode.
|
---|
3713 | </para>
|
---|
3714 | </listitem>
|
---|
3715 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3716 |
|
---|
3717 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3718 |
|
---|
3719 | <para>
|
---|
3720 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3721 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3722 | </para>
|
---|
3723 |
|
---|
3724 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeViewMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3725 |
|
---|
3726 | <para>
|
---|
3727 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3728 | <emphasis>View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3729 | </para>
|
---|
3730 |
|
---|
3731 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDevicesMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3732 |
|
---|
3733 | <para>
|
---|
3734 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3735 | following keywords to disable actions in the
|
---|
3736 | <emphasis>Devices</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3737 | </para>
|
---|
3738 |
|
---|
3739 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3740 |
|
---|
3741 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3742 | <term>
|
---|
3743 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3744 | </term>
|
---|
3745 |
|
---|
3746 | <listitem>
|
---|
3747 | <para>
|
---|
3748 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3749 | </para>
|
---|
3750 | </listitem>
|
---|
3751 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3754 | <term>
|
---|
3755 | <computeroutput>OpticalDevices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3756 | </term>
|
---|
3757 |
|
---|
3758 | <listitem>
|
---|
3759 | <para>
|
---|
3760 | Do not show the <emphasis>CD/DVD Devices</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3761 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3762 | </para>
|
---|
3763 | </listitem>
|
---|
3764 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3765 |
|
---|
3766 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3767 | <term>
|
---|
3768 | <computeroutput>FloppyDevices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3769 | </term>
|
---|
3770 |
|
---|
3771 | <listitem>
|
---|
3772 | <para>
|
---|
3773 | Do not show the <emphasis>Floppy Devices</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3774 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3775 | </para>
|
---|
3776 | </listitem>
|
---|
3777 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3778 |
|
---|
3779 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3780 | <term>
|
---|
3781 | <computeroutput>USBDevices</computeroutput>
|
---|
3782 | </term>
|
---|
3783 |
|
---|
3784 | <listitem>
|
---|
3785 | <para>
|
---|
3786 | Do not show the <emphasis>USB Devices</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
3787 | in this menu.
|
---|
3788 | </para>
|
---|
3789 | </listitem>
|
---|
3790 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3791 |
|
---|
3792 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3793 | <term>
|
---|
3794 | <computeroutput>SharedClipboard</computeroutput>
|
---|
3795 | </term>
|
---|
3796 |
|
---|
3797 | <listitem>
|
---|
3798 | <para>
|
---|
3799 | Do not show the <emphasis>Shared Clipboard</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3800 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3801 | </para>
|
---|
3802 | </listitem>
|
---|
3803 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3804 |
|
---|
3805 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3806 | <term>
|
---|
3807 | <computeroutput>DragAndDrop</computeroutput>
|
---|
3808 | </term>
|
---|
3809 |
|
---|
3810 | <listitem>
|
---|
3811 | <para>
|
---|
3812 | Do not show the <emphasis>Drag and Drop</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3813 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3814 | </para>
|
---|
3815 | </listitem>
|
---|
3816 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3817 |
|
---|
3818 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3819 | <term>
|
---|
3820 | <computeroutput>NetworkSettings</computeroutput>
|
---|
3821 | </term>
|
---|
3822 |
|
---|
3823 | <listitem>
|
---|
3824 | <para>
|
---|
3825 | Do not show the <emphasis>Network Settings...</emphasis>
|
---|
3826 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3827 | </para>
|
---|
3828 | </listitem>
|
---|
3829 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3830 |
|
---|
3831 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3832 | <term>
|
---|
3833 | <computeroutput>SharedFoldersSettings</computeroutput>
|
---|
3834 | </term>
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | <listitem>
|
---|
3837 | <para>
|
---|
3838 | Do not show the <emphasis>Shared Folders
|
---|
3839 | Settings...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3840 | </para>
|
---|
3841 | </listitem>
|
---|
3842 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3843 |
|
---|
3844 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3845 | <term>
|
---|
3846 | <computeroutput>VRDEServer</computeroutput>
|
---|
3847 | </term>
|
---|
3848 |
|
---|
3849 | <listitem>
|
---|
3850 | <para>
|
---|
3851 | Do not show the <emphasis>Remove Display</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3852 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3853 | </para>
|
---|
3854 | </listitem>
|
---|
3855 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3856 |
|
---|
3857 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3858 | <term>
|
---|
3859 | <computeroutput>InstallGuestTools</computeroutput>
|
---|
3860 | </term>
|
---|
3861 |
|
---|
3862 | <listitem>
|
---|
3863 | <para>
|
---|
3864 | Do not show the <emphasis>Insert Guest Additions CD
|
---|
3865 | image...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3866 | </para>
|
---|
3867 | </listitem>
|
---|
3868 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3869 |
|
---|
3870 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3871 |
|
---|
3872 | <para>
|
---|
3873 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3874 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3875 | </para>
|
---|
3876 |
|
---|
3877 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDevicesMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3878 |
|
---|
3879 | <para>
|
---|
3880 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3881 | <emphasis>View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3882 | </para>
|
---|
3883 |
|
---|
3884 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDebuggerMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3885 |
|
---|
3886 | <para>
|
---|
3887 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3888 | following keywords to disable actions in the
|
---|
3889 | <emphasis>Debug</emphasis> menu, which is normally completely
|
---|
3890 | disabled:
|
---|
3891 | </para>
|
---|
3892 |
|
---|
3893 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3894 |
|
---|
3895 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3896 | <term>
|
---|
3897 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3898 | </term>
|
---|
3899 |
|
---|
3900 | <listitem>
|
---|
3901 | <para>
|
---|
3902 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3903 | </para>
|
---|
3904 | </listitem>
|
---|
3905 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3906 |
|
---|
3907 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3908 | <term>
|
---|
3909 | <computeroutput>Statistics</computeroutput>
|
---|
3910 | </term>
|
---|
3911 |
|
---|
3912 | <listitem>
|
---|
3913 | <para>
|
---|
3914 | Do not show the <emphasis>Statistics...</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3915 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3916 | </para>
|
---|
3917 | </listitem>
|
---|
3918 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3919 |
|
---|
3920 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3921 | <term>
|
---|
3922 | <computeroutput>CommandLine</computeroutput>
|
---|
3923 | </term>
|
---|
3924 |
|
---|
3925 | <listitem>
|
---|
3926 | <para>
|
---|
3927 | Do not show the <emphasis>Command Line...</emphasis> menu
|
---|
3928 | item in this menu.
|
---|
3929 | </para>
|
---|
3930 | </listitem>
|
---|
3931 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3932 |
|
---|
3933 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3934 | <term>
|
---|
3935 | <computeroutput>Logging</computeroutput>
|
---|
3936 | </term>
|
---|
3937 |
|
---|
3938 | <listitem>
|
---|
3939 | <para>
|
---|
3940 | Do not show the <emphasis>Logging...</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
3941 | in this menu.
|
---|
3942 | </para>
|
---|
3943 | </listitem>
|
---|
3944 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3945 |
|
---|
3946 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3947 | <term>
|
---|
3948 | <computeroutput>LogDialog</computeroutput>
|
---|
3949 | </term>
|
---|
3950 |
|
---|
3951 | <listitem>
|
---|
3952 | <para>
|
---|
3953 | Do not show the <emphasis>Show Log...</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
3954 | in this menu.
|
---|
3955 | </para>
|
---|
3956 | </listitem>
|
---|
3957 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3958 |
|
---|
3959 | </variablelist>
|
---|
3960 |
|
---|
3961 | <para>
|
---|
3962 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
3963 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
3964 | </para>
|
---|
3965 |
|
---|
3966 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeDebuggerMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
3967 |
|
---|
3968 | <para>
|
---|
3969 | Use the following command to disable certain actions of the
|
---|
3970 | <emphasis>View</emphasis> menu:
|
---|
3971 | </para>
|
---|
3972 |
|
---|
3973 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeHelpMenuActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
3974 |
|
---|
3975 | <para>
|
---|
3976 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
3977 | following keywords to disable actions in the
|
---|
3978 | <emphasis>Help</emphasis> menu, which is normally completely
|
---|
3979 | disabled:
|
---|
3980 | </para>
|
---|
3981 |
|
---|
3982 | <variablelist>
|
---|
3983 |
|
---|
3984 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3985 | <term>
|
---|
3986 | <computeroutput>All</computeroutput>
|
---|
3987 | </term>
|
---|
3988 |
|
---|
3989 | <listitem>
|
---|
3990 | <para>
|
---|
3991 | Do not show any menu item in this menu.
|
---|
3992 | </para>
|
---|
3993 | </listitem>
|
---|
3994 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
3995 |
|
---|
3996 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
3997 | <term>
|
---|
3998 | <computeroutput>Contents</computeroutput>
|
---|
3999 | </term>
|
---|
4000 |
|
---|
4001 | <listitem>
|
---|
4002 | <para>
|
---|
4003 | Do not show the <emphasis>Contents...</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
4004 | in this menu.
|
---|
4005 | </para>
|
---|
4006 | </listitem>
|
---|
4007 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4008 |
|
---|
4009 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4010 | <term>
|
---|
4011 | <computeroutput>WebSite</computeroutput>
|
---|
4012 | </term>
|
---|
4013 |
|
---|
4014 | <listitem>
|
---|
4015 | <para>
|
---|
4016 | Do not show the <emphasis>VirtualBox Web
|
---|
4017 | Site...</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
4018 | </para>
|
---|
4019 | </listitem>
|
---|
4020 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4021 |
|
---|
4022 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4023 | <term>
|
---|
4024 | <computeroutput>ResetWarnings</computeroutput>
|
---|
4025 | </term>
|
---|
4026 |
|
---|
4027 | <listitem>
|
---|
4028 | <para>
|
---|
4029 | Do not show the <emphasis>Reset All Warnings</emphasis>
|
---|
4030 | menu item in this menu.
|
---|
4031 | </para>
|
---|
4032 | </listitem>
|
---|
4033 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4034 |
|
---|
4035 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4036 | <term>
|
---|
4037 | <computeroutput>NetworkAccessManager</computeroutput>
|
---|
4038 | </term>
|
---|
4039 |
|
---|
4040 | <listitem>
|
---|
4041 | <para>
|
---|
4042 | Do not show the <emphasis>Network Operations
|
---|
4043 | Manager</emphasis> menu item in this menu.
|
---|
4044 | </para>
|
---|
4045 | </listitem>
|
---|
4046 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4047 |
|
---|
4048 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4049 | <term>
|
---|
4050 | <computeroutput>About</computeroutput>
|
---|
4051 | </term>
|
---|
4052 |
|
---|
4053 | <listitem>
|
---|
4054 | <para>
|
---|
4055 | Do not show the <emphasis>About</emphasis> menu item in
|
---|
4056 | this menu. Only for non-Mac OS X hosts.
|
---|
4057 | </para>
|
---|
4058 | </listitem>
|
---|
4059 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4060 |
|
---|
4061 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4062 | <term>
|
---|
4063 | <computeroutput>Contents</computeroutput>
|
---|
4064 | </term>
|
---|
4065 |
|
---|
4066 | <listitem>
|
---|
4067 | <para>
|
---|
4068 | Do not show the <emphasis>Contents...</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
4069 | in this menu.
|
---|
4070 | </para>
|
---|
4071 | </listitem>
|
---|
4072 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4073 |
|
---|
4074 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4075 | <term>
|
---|
4076 | <computeroutput>Contents</computeroutput>
|
---|
4077 | </term>
|
---|
4078 |
|
---|
4079 | <listitem>
|
---|
4080 | <para>
|
---|
4081 | Do not show the <emphasis>Contents...</emphasis> menu item
|
---|
4082 | in this menu.
|
---|
4083 | </para>
|
---|
4084 | </listitem>
|
---|
4085 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4086 |
|
---|
4087 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4088 |
|
---|
4089 | <para>
|
---|
4090 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4091 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
4092 | </para>
|
---|
4093 |
|
---|
4094 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedRuntimeHelpMenuActions</screen>
|
---|
4095 |
|
---|
4096 | </sect2>
|
---|
4097 |
|
---|
4098 | <sect2 id="config-vm-window-status-bar">
|
---|
4099 |
|
---|
4100 | <title>Configure VM Window Status Bar Entries</title>
|
---|
4101 |
|
---|
4102 | <para>
|
---|
4103 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain status bar items:
|
---|
4104 | </para>
|
---|
4105 |
|
---|
4106 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedStatusBarIndicators OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
4107 |
|
---|
4108 | <para>
|
---|
4109 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4110 | following keywords:
|
---|
4111 | </para>
|
---|
4112 |
|
---|
4113 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4114 |
|
---|
4115 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4116 | <term>
|
---|
4117 | <computeroutput>HardDisks</computeroutput>
|
---|
4118 | </term>
|
---|
4119 |
|
---|
4120 | <listitem>
|
---|
4121 | <para>
|
---|
4122 | Do not show the hard disk icon in the VM window status
|
---|
4123 | bar. By default the hard disk icon is only shown if the VM
|
---|
4124 | configuration contains one or more hard disks.
|
---|
4125 | </para>
|
---|
4126 | </listitem>
|
---|
4127 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4128 |
|
---|
4129 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4130 | <term>
|
---|
4131 | <computeroutput>OpticalDisks</computeroutput>
|
---|
4132 | </term>
|
---|
4133 |
|
---|
4134 | <listitem>
|
---|
4135 | <para>
|
---|
4136 | Do not show the CD icon in the VM window status bar. By
|
---|
4137 | default the CD icon is only shown if the VM configuration
|
---|
4138 | contains one or more CD drives.
|
---|
4139 | </para>
|
---|
4140 | </listitem>
|
---|
4141 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4142 |
|
---|
4143 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4144 | <term>
|
---|
4145 | <computeroutput>FloppyDisks</computeroutput>
|
---|
4146 | </term>
|
---|
4147 |
|
---|
4148 | <listitem>
|
---|
4149 | <para>
|
---|
4150 | Do not show the floppy icon in the VM window status bar.
|
---|
4151 | By default the floppy icon is only shown if the VM
|
---|
4152 | configuration contains one or more floppy drives.
|
---|
4153 | </para>
|
---|
4154 | </listitem>
|
---|
4155 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4156 |
|
---|
4157 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4158 | <term>
|
---|
4159 | <computeroutput>Network</computeroutput>
|
---|
4160 | </term>
|
---|
4161 |
|
---|
4162 | <listitem>
|
---|
4163 | <para>
|
---|
4164 | Do not show the network icon in the VM window status bar.
|
---|
4165 | By default the network icon is only shown if the VM
|
---|
4166 | configuration contains one or more active network
|
---|
4167 | adapters.
|
---|
4168 | </para>
|
---|
4169 | </listitem>
|
---|
4170 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4171 |
|
---|
4172 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4173 | <term>
|
---|
4174 | <computeroutput>USB</computeroutput>
|
---|
4175 | </term>
|
---|
4176 |
|
---|
4177 | <listitem>
|
---|
4178 | <para>
|
---|
4179 | Do not show the USB icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4180 | </para>
|
---|
4181 | </listitem>
|
---|
4182 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4183 |
|
---|
4184 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4185 | <term>
|
---|
4186 | <computeroutput>SharedFolders</computeroutput>
|
---|
4187 | </term>
|
---|
4188 |
|
---|
4189 | <listitem>
|
---|
4190 | <para>
|
---|
4191 | Do not show the shared folders icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4192 | </para>
|
---|
4193 | </listitem>
|
---|
4194 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4195 |
|
---|
4196 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4197 | <term>
|
---|
4198 | <computeroutput>VideoCapture</computeroutput>
|
---|
4199 | </term>
|
---|
4200 |
|
---|
4201 | <listitem>
|
---|
4202 | <para>
|
---|
4203 | Do not show the video capture icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4204 | </para>
|
---|
4205 | </listitem>
|
---|
4206 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4207 |
|
---|
4208 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4209 | <term>
|
---|
4210 | <computeroutput>Features</computeroutput>
|
---|
4211 | </term>
|
---|
4212 |
|
---|
4213 | <listitem>
|
---|
4214 | <para>
|
---|
4215 | Do not show the CPU features icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4216 | </para>
|
---|
4217 | </listitem>
|
---|
4218 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4219 |
|
---|
4220 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4221 | <term>
|
---|
4222 | <computeroutput>Mouse</computeroutput>
|
---|
4223 | </term>
|
---|
4224 |
|
---|
4225 | <listitem>
|
---|
4226 | <para>
|
---|
4227 | Do not show the mouse icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4228 | </para>
|
---|
4229 | </listitem>
|
---|
4230 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4231 |
|
---|
4232 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4233 | <term>
|
---|
4234 | <computeroutput>Keyboard</computeroutput>
|
---|
4235 | </term>
|
---|
4236 |
|
---|
4237 | <listitem>
|
---|
4238 | <para>
|
---|
4239 | Do not show the keyboard icon in the status bar.
|
---|
4240 | </para>
|
---|
4241 | </listitem>
|
---|
4242 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4245 |
|
---|
4246 | <para>
|
---|
4247 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4248 | allowed. If all options are specified, no icons are displayed in
|
---|
4249 | the status bar of the VM window. To restore the default
|
---|
4250 | behavior, use
|
---|
4251 | </para>
|
---|
4252 |
|
---|
4253 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedStatusBarIndicators</screen>
|
---|
4254 |
|
---|
4255 | </sect2>
|
---|
4256 |
|
---|
4257 | <sect2 id="config-vm-window-visual-modes">
|
---|
4258 |
|
---|
4259 | <title>Configure VM Window Visual Modes</title>
|
---|
4260 |
|
---|
4261 | <para>
|
---|
4262 | You can disable, or blacklist, certain VM visual modes:
|
---|
4263 | </para>
|
---|
4264 |
|
---|
4265 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedVisualStates OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
4266 |
|
---|
4267 | <para>
|
---|
4268 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4269 | following keywords:
|
---|
4270 | </para>
|
---|
4271 |
|
---|
4272 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4273 |
|
---|
4274 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4275 | <term>
|
---|
4276 | <computeroutput>Fullscreen</computeroutput>
|
---|
4277 | </term>
|
---|
4278 |
|
---|
4279 | <listitem>
|
---|
4280 | <para>
|
---|
4281 | Do not allow to switch the VM into full screen mode.
|
---|
4282 | </para>
|
---|
4283 | </listitem>
|
---|
4284 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4285 |
|
---|
4286 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4287 | <term>
|
---|
4288 | <computeroutput>Seamless</computeroutput>
|
---|
4289 | </term>
|
---|
4290 |
|
---|
4291 | <listitem>
|
---|
4292 | <para>
|
---|
4293 | Do not allow to switch the VM into seamless mode.
|
---|
4294 | </para>
|
---|
4295 | </listitem>
|
---|
4296 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4297 |
|
---|
4298 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4299 | <term>
|
---|
4300 | <computeroutput>Scale</computeroutput>
|
---|
4301 | </term>
|
---|
4302 |
|
---|
4303 | <listitem>
|
---|
4304 | <para>
|
---|
4305 | Do not allow to switch the VM into scale mode.
|
---|
4306 | </para>
|
---|
4307 | </listitem>
|
---|
4308 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4309 |
|
---|
4310 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4311 |
|
---|
4312 | <para>
|
---|
4313 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4314 | allowed. To restore the default behavior, use
|
---|
4315 | </para>
|
---|
4316 |
|
---|
4317 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedVisualStates</screen>
|
---|
4318 |
|
---|
4319 | </sect2>
|
---|
4320 |
|
---|
4321 | <sect2 id="host-key-customize">
|
---|
4322 |
|
---|
4323 | <title>Host Key Customization</title>
|
---|
4324 |
|
---|
4325 | <para>
|
---|
4326 | To disable all Host key combinations, open the preferences and
|
---|
4327 | change the Host key to None. This might be useful when using
|
---|
4328 | VirtualBox in a kiosk mode.
|
---|
4329 | </para>
|
---|
4330 |
|
---|
4331 | <para>
|
---|
4332 | To redefine or disable certain Host key actions, use the
|
---|
4333 | following command:
|
---|
4334 | </para>
|
---|
4335 |
|
---|
4336 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Input/MachineShortcuts "FullscreenMode=F,...."</screen>
|
---|
4337 |
|
---|
4338 | <para>
|
---|
4339 | <xref linkend="table-host-key-customize"/> shows the possible
|
---|
4340 | Host key actions, together with their default Host key shortcut.
|
---|
4341 | Setting an action to None will disable that Host key action.
|
---|
4342 | </para>
|
---|
4343 |
|
---|
4344 | <table id="table-host-key-customize">
|
---|
4345 | <title>Host Key Customization</title>
|
---|
4346 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
4347 | <thead>
|
---|
4348 | <row>
|
---|
4349 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
4350 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Default Key</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
4351 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Action</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
4352 | </row>
|
---|
4353 | </thead>
|
---|
4354 | <tbody>
|
---|
4355 | <row>
|
---|
4356 | <entry><computeroutput>TakeSnapshot</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4357 | <entry>T</entry>
|
---|
4358 | <entry>Take a snapshot</entry>
|
---|
4359 | </row>
|
---|
4360 | <row>
|
---|
4361 | <entry><computeroutput>TakeScreenshot</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4362 | <entry>E</entry>
|
---|
4363 | <entry>Take a screenshot</entry>
|
---|
4364 | </row>
|
---|
4365 | <row>
|
---|
4366 | <entry><computeroutput>MouseIntegration</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4367 | <entry>I</entry>
|
---|
4368 | <entry>Toggle mouse integration</entry>
|
---|
4369 | </row>
|
---|
4370 | <row>
|
---|
4371 | <entry><computeroutput>TypeCAD</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4372 | <entry>Del</entry>
|
---|
4373 | <entry>Inject Ctrl+Alt+Del</entry>
|
---|
4374 | </row>
|
---|
4375 | <row>
|
---|
4376 | <entry><computeroutput>TypeCABS</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4377 | <entry>Backspace</entry>
|
---|
4378 | <entry>Inject Ctrl+Alt+Backspace</entry>
|
---|
4379 | </row>
|
---|
4380 | <row>
|
---|
4381 | <entry><computeroutput>Pause</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4382 | <entry>P</entry>
|
---|
4383 | <entry>Pause the VM</entry>
|
---|
4384 | </row>
|
---|
4385 | <row>
|
---|
4386 | <entry><computeroutput>Reset</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4387 | <entry>R</entry>
|
---|
4388 | <entry>Hard reset the guest</entry>
|
---|
4389 | </row>
|
---|
4390 | <row>
|
---|
4391 | <entry><computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4392 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4393 | <entry>Save the VM state and terminate the VM</entry>
|
---|
4394 | </row>
|
---|
4395 | <row>
|
---|
4396 | <entry><computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4397 | <entry>H</entry>
|
---|
4398 | <entry>Press the (virtual) ACPI power button</entry>
|
---|
4399 | </row>
|
---|
4400 | <row>
|
---|
4401 | <entry><computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4402 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4403 | <entry>Power the VM off, without saving the state</entry>
|
---|
4404 | </row>
|
---|
4405 | <row>
|
---|
4406 | <entry><computeroutput>Close</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4407 | <entry>Q</entry>
|
---|
4408 | <entry>Show the VM close dialog</entry>
|
---|
4409 | </row>
|
---|
4410 | <row>
|
---|
4411 | <entry><computeroutput>FullscreenMode</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4412 | <entry>F</entry>
|
---|
4413 | <entry>Switch the VM into full screen</entry>
|
---|
4414 | </row>
|
---|
4415 | <row>
|
---|
4416 | <entry><computeroutput>SeamlessMode</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4417 | <entry>L</entry>
|
---|
4418 | <entry>Switch the VM into seamless mode</entry>
|
---|
4419 | </row>
|
---|
4420 | <row>
|
---|
4421 | <entry><computeroutput>ScaleMode</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4422 | <entry>C</entry>
|
---|
4423 | <entry>Switch the VM into scale mode</entry>
|
---|
4424 | </row>
|
---|
4425 | <row>
|
---|
4426 | <entry><computeroutput>GuestAutoResize</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4427 | <entry>G</entry>
|
---|
4428 | <entry>Automatically resize the guest window</entry>
|
---|
4429 | </row>
|
---|
4430 | <row>
|
---|
4431 | <entry><computeroutput>WindowAdjust</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4432 | <entry>A</entry>
|
---|
4433 | <entry>Immediately resize the guest window</entry>
|
---|
4434 | </row>
|
---|
4435 | <row>
|
---|
4436 | <entry><computeroutput>PopupMenu</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4437 | <entry>Home</entry>
|
---|
4438 | <entry>Show popup menu in full screen / seaml. mode</entry>
|
---|
4439 | </row>
|
---|
4440 | <row>
|
---|
4441 | <entry><computeroutput>SettingsDialog</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4442 | <entry>S</entry>
|
---|
4443 | <entry>Open the VM settings dialog</entry>
|
---|
4444 | </row>
|
---|
4445 | <row>
|
---|
4446 | <entry><computeroutput>InformationDialog</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4447 | <entry>N</entry>
|
---|
4448 | <entry>Show the VM information window</entry>
|
---|
4449 | </row>
|
---|
4450 | <row>
|
---|
4451 | <entry><computeroutput>NetworkAdaptersDialog</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4452 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4453 | <entry>Show the VM network adapters dialog</entry>
|
---|
4454 | </row>
|
---|
4455 | <row>
|
---|
4456 | <entry><computeroutput>SharedFoldersDialog</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4457 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4458 | <entry>Show the VM shared folders dialog</entry>
|
---|
4459 | </row>
|
---|
4460 | <row>
|
---|
4461 | <entry><computeroutput>InstallGuestAdditions</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4462 | <entry>D</entry>
|
---|
4463 | <entry>Mount the ISO containing the Guest Additions</entry>
|
---|
4464 | </row>
|
---|
4465 | </tbody>
|
---|
4466 | </tgroup>
|
---|
4467 | </table>
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | <para>
|
---|
4470 | To disable the full screen mode as well as the seamless mode,
|
---|
4471 | use the following command:
|
---|
4472 |
|
---|
4473 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Input/MachineShortcuts "FullscreenMode=None,SeamlessMode=None"</screen>
|
---|
4474 | </para>
|
---|
4475 |
|
---|
4476 | </sect2>
|
---|
4477 |
|
---|
4478 | <sect2 id="terminate-vm-action">
|
---|
4479 |
|
---|
4480 | <title>Action when Terminating the VM</title>
|
---|
4481 |
|
---|
4482 | <para>
|
---|
4483 | You can disallow, or blacklist, certain actions when terminating
|
---|
4484 | a VM. To disallow specific actions, type:
|
---|
4485 | </para>
|
---|
4486 |
|
---|
4487 | <para>
|
---|
4488 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/RestrictedCloseActions OPTION[,OPTION...]</screen>
|
---|
4489 | </para>
|
---|
4490 |
|
---|
4491 | <para>
|
---|
4492 | where <computeroutput>OPTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4493 | following keywords:
|
---|
4494 | </para>
|
---|
4495 |
|
---|
4496 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4497 |
|
---|
4498 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4499 | <term>
|
---|
4500 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
4501 | </term>
|
---|
4502 |
|
---|
4503 | <listitem>
|
---|
4504 | <para>
|
---|
4505 | Do not allow the user to save the VM state when
|
---|
4506 | terminating the VM.
|
---|
4507 | </para>
|
---|
4508 | </listitem>
|
---|
4509 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4510 |
|
---|
4511 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4512 | <term>
|
---|
4513 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
4514 | </term>
|
---|
4515 |
|
---|
4516 | <listitem>
|
---|
4517 | <para>
|
---|
4518 | Do not allow the user to shutdown the VM by sending the
|
---|
4519 | ACPI power-off event to the guest.
|
---|
4520 | </para>
|
---|
4521 | </listitem>
|
---|
4522 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4523 |
|
---|
4524 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4525 | <term>
|
---|
4526 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4527 | </term>
|
---|
4528 |
|
---|
4529 | <listitem>
|
---|
4530 | <para>
|
---|
4531 | Do not allow the user to power off the VM.
|
---|
4532 | </para>
|
---|
4533 | </listitem>
|
---|
4534 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4535 |
|
---|
4536 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4537 | <term>
|
---|
4538 | <computeroutput>PowerOffRestoringSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
4539 | </term>
|
---|
4540 |
|
---|
4541 | <listitem>
|
---|
4542 | <para>
|
---|
4543 | Do not allow the user to return to the last snapshot when
|
---|
4544 | powering off the VM.
|
---|
4545 | </para>
|
---|
4546 | </listitem>
|
---|
4547 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4548 |
|
---|
4549 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4550 | <term>
|
---|
4551 | <computeroutput>Detach</computeroutput>
|
---|
4552 | </term>
|
---|
4553 |
|
---|
4554 | <listitem>
|
---|
4555 | <para>
|
---|
4556 | Do not allow the user to detach from the VM process if the
|
---|
4557 | VM was started in separate mode.
|
---|
4558 | </para>
|
---|
4559 | </listitem>
|
---|
4560 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4561 |
|
---|
4562 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4563 |
|
---|
4564 | <para>
|
---|
4565 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4566 | allowed. If all options are specified, the VM cannot be shut
|
---|
4567 | down at all.
|
---|
4568 | </para>
|
---|
4569 |
|
---|
4570 | </sect2>
|
---|
4571 |
|
---|
4572 | <sect2 id="terminate-vm-default-action">
|
---|
4573 |
|
---|
4574 | <title>Default Action when Terminating the VM</title>
|
---|
4575 |
|
---|
4576 | <para>
|
---|
4577 | You can define a specific action for terminating a VM. In
|
---|
4578 | contrast to the setting decribed in the previous section, this
|
---|
4579 | setting allows only one action when the user terminates the VM.
|
---|
4580 | No exit menu is shown.
|
---|
4581 | </para>
|
---|
4582 |
|
---|
4583 | <para>
|
---|
4584 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/DefaultCloseAction ACTION</screen>
|
---|
4585 | </para>
|
---|
4586 |
|
---|
4587 | <para>
|
---|
4588 | where <computeroutput>ACTION</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4589 | following keywords:
|
---|
4590 | </para>
|
---|
4591 |
|
---|
4592 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4593 |
|
---|
4594 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4595 | <term>
|
---|
4596 | <computeroutput>SaveState</computeroutput>
|
---|
4597 | </term>
|
---|
4598 |
|
---|
4599 | <listitem>
|
---|
4600 | <para>
|
---|
4601 | Save the VM state before terminating the VM process.
|
---|
4602 | </para>
|
---|
4603 | </listitem>
|
---|
4604 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4605 |
|
---|
4606 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4607 | <term>
|
---|
4608 | <computeroutput>Shutdown</computeroutput>
|
---|
4609 | </term>
|
---|
4610 |
|
---|
4611 | <listitem>
|
---|
4612 | <para>
|
---|
4613 | The VM is shut down by sending the ACPI power-off event to
|
---|
4614 | the guest.
|
---|
4615 | </para>
|
---|
4616 | </listitem>
|
---|
4617 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4618 |
|
---|
4619 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4620 | <term>
|
---|
4621 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4622 | </term>
|
---|
4623 |
|
---|
4624 | <listitem>
|
---|
4625 | <para>
|
---|
4626 | The VM is powered off.
|
---|
4627 | </para>
|
---|
4628 | </listitem>
|
---|
4629 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4630 |
|
---|
4631 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4632 | <term>
|
---|
4633 | <computeroutput>PowerOffRestoringSnapshot</computeroutput>
|
---|
4634 | </term>
|
---|
4635 |
|
---|
4636 | <listitem>
|
---|
4637 | <para>
|
---|
4638 | The VM is powered off and the saved state returns to the
|
---|
4639 | last snapshot.
|
---|
4640 | </para>
|
---|
4641 | </listitem>
|
---|
4642 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4643 |
|
---|
4644 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4645 | <term>
|
---|
4646 | <computeroutput>Detach</computeroutput>
|
---|
4647 | </term>
|
---|
4648 |
|
---|
4649 | <listitem>
|
---|
4650 | <para>
|
---|
4651 | Terminate the frontend but leave the VM process running.
|
---|
4652 | </para>
|
---|
4653 | </listitem>
|
---|
4654 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4655 |
|
---|
4656 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4657 |
|
---|
4658 | <para>
|
---|
4659 | This is a per-VM setting. Any combination of the above is
|
---|
4660 | allowed. If all options are specified, the VM cannot be shut
|
---|
4661 | down at all.
|
---|
4662 | </para>
|
---|
4663 |
|
---|
4664 | </sect2>
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | <sect2 id="guru-meditation-action">
|
---|
4667 |
|
---|
4668 | <title>Action for Handling a Guru Meditation</title>
|
---|
4669 |
|
---|
4670 | <para>
|
---|
4671 | A VM runs into a Guru Meditation if there is a problem which
|
---|
4672 | cannot be fixed by other means than terminating the process. The
|
---|
4673 | default is to show a message window which instructs the user to
|
---|
4674 | open a bug report.
|
---|
4675 | </para>
|
---|
4676 |
|
---|
4677 | <para>
|
---|
4678 | This behavior can be configured:
|
---|
4679 | </para>
|
---|
4680 |
|
---|
4681 | <para>
|
---|
4682 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/GuruMeditationHandler MODE</screen>
|
---|
4683 | </para>
|
---|
4684 |
|
---|
4685 | <para>
|
---|
4686 | where <computeroutput>MODE</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4687 | following keywords:
|
---|
4688 | </para>
|
---|
4689 |
|
---|
4690 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4691 |
|
---|
4692 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4693 | <term>
|
---|
4694 | <computeroutput>Default</computeroutput>
|
---|
4695 | </term>
|
---|
4696 |
|
---|
4697 | <listitem>
|
---|
4698 | <para>
|
---|
4699 | A message window is shown. After the user confirmed, the
|
---|
4700 | VM is terminated.
|
---|
4701 | </para>
|
---|
4702 | </listitem>
|
---|
4703 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4704 |
|
---|
4705 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4706 | <term>
|
---|
4707 | <computeroutput>PowerOff</computeroutput>
|
---|
4708 | </term>
|
---|
4709 |
|
---|
4710 | <listitem>
|
---|
4711 | <para>
|
---|
4712 | The VM is immediately powered-off without showing any
|
---|
4713 | message window. The VM logfile will show information about
|
---|
4714 | what happened.
|
---|
4715 | </para>
|
---|
4716 | </listitem>
|
---|
4717 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4718 |
|
---|
4719 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4720 | <term>
|
---|
4721 | <computeroutput>Ignore</computeroutput>
|
---|
4722 | </term>
|
---|
4723 |
|
---|
4724 | <listitem>
|
---|
4725 | <para>
|
---|
4726 | The VM is left in stuck mode. Execution is stopped but no
|
---|
4727 | message window is shown. The VM has to be powered off
|
---|
4728 | manually.
|
---|
4729 | </para>
|
---|
4730 | </listitem>
|
---|
4731 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4732 |
|
---|
4733 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4734 |
|
---|
4735 | <para>
|
---|
4736 | This is a per-VM setting.
|
---|
4737 | </para>
|
---|
4738 |
|
---|
4739 | </sect2>
|
---|
4740 |
|
---|
4741 | <sect2 id="mouse-capture">
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | <title>Configuring Automatic Mouse Capturing</title>
|
---|
4744 |
|
---|
4745 | <para>
|
---|
4746 | By default, the mouse is captured if the user clicks on the
|
---|
4747 | guest window and the guest expects relative mouse coordinates at
|
---|
4748 | this time. This happens if the pointing device is configured as
|
---|
4749 | PS/2 mouse and the guest has not yet started the VirtualBox
|
---|
4750 | Guest Additions. For instance, the guest is booting or the Guest
|
---|
4751 | Additions are not installed, or if the pointing device is
|
---|
4752 | configured as a USB tablet but the guest has no USB driver
|
---|
4753 | loaded yet. Once the Guest Additions become active or the USB
|
---|
4754 | guest driver is started, the mouse capture is automatically
|
---|
4755 | released.
|
---|
4756 | </para>
|
---|
4757 |
|
---|
4758 | <para>
|
---|
4759 | The default behavior is sometimes not desired. Therefore it can
|
---|
4760 | be configured:
|
---|
4761 | </para>
|
---|
4762 |
|
---|
4763 | <para>
|
---|
4764 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/MouseCapturePolicy MODE</screen>
|
---|
4765 | </para>
|
---|
4766 |
|
---|
4767 | <para>
|
---|
4768 | where <computeroutput>MODE</computeroutput> is one of the
|
---|
4769 | following keywords:
|
---|
4770 | </para>
|
---|
4771 |
|
---|
4772 | <variablelist>
|
---|
4773 |
|
---|
4774 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4775 | <term>
|
---|
4776 | <computeroutput>Default</computeroutput>
|
---|
4777 | </term>
|
---|
4778 |
|
---|
4779 | <listitem>
|
---|
4780 | <para>
|
---|
4781 | The default behavior as described above.
|
---|
4782 | </para>
|
---|
4783 | </listitem>
|
---|
4784 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4785 |
|
---|
4786 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4787 | <term>
|
---|
4788 | <computeroutput>HostComboOnly</computeroutput>
|
---|
4789 | </term>
|
---|
4790 |
|
---|
4791 | <listitem>
|
---|
4792 | <para>
|
---|
4793 | The mouse is only captured if the Host Key is toggled.
|
---|
4794 | </para>
|
---|
4795 | </listitem>
|
---|
4796 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4797 |
|
---|
4798 | <varlistentry>
|
---|
4799 | <term>
|
---|
4800 | <computeroutput>Disabled</computeroutput>
|
---|
4801 | </term>
|
---|
4802 |
|
---|
4803 | <listitem>
|
---|
4804 | <para>
|
---|
4805 | The mouse is never captured, also not by toggling the Host
|
---|
4806 | Key
|
---|
4807 | </para>
|
---|
4808 | </listitem>
|
---|
4809 | </varlistentry>
|
---|
4810 |
|
---|
4811 | </variablelist>
|
---|
4812 |
|
---|
4813 | <para>
|
---|
4814 | This is a per-VM setting.
|
---|
4815 | </para>
|
---|
4816 |
|
---|
4817 | </sect2>
|
---|
4818 |
|
---|
4819 | <sect2 id="legacy-fullscreen-mode">
|
---|
4820 |
|
---|
4821 | <title>Requesting Legacy Full-Screen Mode</title>
|
---|
4822 |
|
---|
4823 | <para>
|
---|
4824 | As of version 4.3.16, VirtualBox uses special window manager
|
---|
4825 | facilities to switch a multi-screen machine to full-screen on a
|
---|
4826 | multi-monitor host system. However, not all window managers
|
---|
4827 | provide these facilities correctly, so VirtualBox can be told to
|
---|
4828 | use the old method of switching to full-screen mode instead
|
---|
4829 | using the command:
|
---|
4830 | </para>
|
---|
4831 |
|
---|
4832 | <para>
|
---|
4833 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Fullscreen/LegacyMode true</screen>
|
---|
4834 | </para>
|
---|
4835 |
|
---|
4836 | <para>
|
---|
4837 | You can go back to the new method using the command:
|
---|
4838 | </para>
|
---|
4839 |
|
---|
4840 | <para>
|
---|
4841 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global GUI/Fullscreen/LegacyMode</screen>
|
---|
4842 | </para>
|
---|
4843 |
|
---|
4844 | <para>
|
---|
4845 | This is a global setting.
|
---|
4846 | </para>
|
---|
4847 |
|
---|
4848 | </sect2>
|
---|
4849 |
|
---|
4850 | </sect1>
|
---|
4851 |
|
---|
4852 | <sect1 id="vboxwebsrv-daemon">
|
---|
4853 |
|
---|
4854 | <title>Starting the VirtualBox Web Service Automatically</title>
|
---|
4855 |
|
---|
4856 | <para>
|
---|
4857 | The VirtualBox web service,
|
---|
4858 | <computeroutput>vboxwebsrv</computeroutput>, is used for
|
---|
4859 | controlling VirtualBox remotely. It is documented in detail in the
|
---|
4860 | VirtualBox Software Development Kit (SDK). See
|
---|
4861 | <xref linkend="VirtualBoxAPI" />. As the client base using this
|
---|
4862 | interface is growing, we added start scripts for the various
|
---|
4863 | operation systems we support. The following sections describe how
|
---|
4864 | to use them. The VirtualBox web service is never started
|
---|
4865 | automatically as a result of a standard installation.
|
---|
4866 | </para>
|
---|
4867 |
|
---|
4868 | <sect2 id="vboxwebsrv-linux">
|
---|
4869 |
|
---|
4870 | <title>Linux: Starting the Web Service via init</title>
|
---|
4871 |
|
---|
4872 | <para>
|
---|
4873 | On Linux, the web service can be automatically started during
|
---|
4874 | host boot by adding appropriate parameters to the file
|
---|
4875 | <computeroutput>/etc/default/virtualbox</computeroutput>. There
|
---|
4876 | is one mandatory parameter,
|
---|
4877 | <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_USER</computeroutput>, which must be set
|
---|
4878 | to the user which will later start the VMs. The parameters in
|
---|
4879 | <xref linkend="table-websrv-config-params"/> all start with the
|
---|
4880 | <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_</computeroutput> prefix string. For
|
---|
4881 | example: <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_HOST</computeroutput> and
|
---|
4882 | <computeroutput>VBOXWEB_PORT</computeroutput>.
|
---|
4883 |
|
---|
4884 | <table id="table-websrv-config-params">
|
---|
4885 | <title>Web Service Configuration Parameters</title>
|
---|
4886 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
4887 | <thead>
|
---|
4888 | <row>
|
---|
4889 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Parameter</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
4890 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Description</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
4891 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Default</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
4892 | </row>
|
---|
4893 | </thead>
|
---|
4894 | <tbody>
|
---|
4895 | <row>
|
---|
4896 | <entry><computeroutput>USER</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4897 | <entry>The user as which the web service runs</entry>
|
---|
4898 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4899 | </row>
|
---|
4900 | <row>
|
---|
4901 | <entry><computeroutput>HOST</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4902 | <entry>The host to bind the web service to</entry>
|
---|
4903 | <entry>localhost</entry>
|
---|
4904 | </row>
|
---|
4905 | <row>
|
---|
4906 | <entry><computeroutput>PORT</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4907 | <entry>The port to bind the web service to</entry>
|
---|
4908 | <entry>18083</entry>
|
---|
4909 | </row>
|
---|
4910 | <row>
|
---|
4911 | <entry><computeroutput>SSL_KEYFILE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4912 | <entry>Server key and certificate file, PEM format</entry>
|
---|
4913 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4914 | </row>
|
---|
4915 | <row>
|
---|
4916 | <entry><computeroutput>SSL_PASSWORDFILE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4917 | <entry>File name for password to server key</entry>
|
---|
4918 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4919 | </row>
|
---|
4920 | <row>
|
---|
4921 | <entry><computeroutput>SSL_CACERT</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4922 | <entry>CA certificate file, PEM format</entry>
|
---|
4923 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4924 | </row>
|
---|
4925 | <row>
|
---|
4926 | <entry><computeroutput>SSL_CAPATH</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4927 | <entry>CA certificate path</entry>
|
---|
4928 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4929 | </row>
|
---|
4930 | <row>
|
---|
4931 | <entry><computeroutput>SSL_DHFILE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4932 | <entry>DH file name or DH key length in bits</entry>
|
---|
4933 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4934 | </row>
|
---|
4935 | <row>
|
---|
4936 | <entry><computeroutput>SSL_RANDFILE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4937 | <entry>File containing seed for random number generator</entry>
|
---|
4938 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
4939 | </row>
|
---|
4940 | <row>
|
---|
4941 | <entry><computeroutput>TIMEOUT</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4942 | <entry>Session timeout in seconds; 0 disables timeouts</entry>
|
---|
4943 | <entry>300</entry>
|
---|
4944 | </row>
|
---|
4945 | <row>
|
---|
4946 | <entry><computeroutput>CHECK_INTERVAL</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4947 | <entry>Frequency of timeout checks in seconds</entry>
|
---|
4948 | <entry>5</entry>
|
---|
4949 | </row>
|
---|
4950 | <row>
|
---|
4951 | <entry><computeroutput>THREADS</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4952 | <entry>Maximum number of worker threads to run in parallel</entry>
|
---|
4953 | <entry>100</entry>
|
---|
4954 | </row>
|
---|
4955 | <row>
|
---|
4956 | <entry><computeroutput>KEEPALIVE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4957 | <entry>Maximum number of requests before a socket will be closed</entry>
|
---|
4958 | <entry>100</entry>
|
---|
4959 | </row>
|
---|
4960 | <row>
|
---|
4961 | <entry><computeroutput>ROTATE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4962 | <entry>Number of log files; 0 disables log rotation</entry>
|
---|
4963 | <entry>10</entry>
|
---|
4964 | </row>
|
---|
4965 | <row>
|
---|
4966 | <entry><computeroutput>LOGSIZE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4967 | <entry>Maximum size of a log file in bytes to trigger rotation</entry>
|
---|
4968 | <entry>1MB</entry>
|
---|
4969 | </row>
|
---|
4970 | <row>
|
---|
4971 | <entry><computeroutput>LOGINTERVAL</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
4972 | <entry>Maximum time interval in seconds to trigger log rotation</entry>
|
---|
4973 | <entry>1 day</entry>
|
---|
4974 | </row>
|
---|
4975 | </tbody>
|
---|
4976 | </tgroup>
|
---|
4977 | </table>
|
---|
4978 | </para>
|
---|
4979 |
|
---|
4980 | <para>
|
---|
4981 | Setting the parameter
|
---|
4982 | <computeroutput>SSL_KEYFILE</computeroutput> enables the SSL/TLS
|
---|
4983 | support. Using encryption is strongly encouraged, as otherwise
|
---|
4984 | everything (including passwords) is transferred in clear text.
|
---|
4985 | </para>
|
---|
4986 |
|
---|
4987 | </sect2>
|
---|
4988 |
|
---|
4989 | <sect2 id="vboxwebsrv-solaris">
|
---|
4990 |
|
---|
4991 | <title>Solaris: Starting the Web Service via SMF</title>
|
---|
4992 |
|
---|
4993 | <para>
|
---|
4994 | On Solaris hosts, the VirtualBox web service daemon is
|
---|
4995 | integrated into the SMF framework. You can change the
|
---|
4996 | parameters, but do not have to if the defaults below already
|
---|
4997 | match your needs:
|
---|
4998 |
|
---|
4999 | <screen>svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default setprop config/host=localhost
|
---|
5000 | svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default setprop config/port=18083
|
---|
5001 | svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default setprop config/user=root</screen>
|
---|
5002 | </para>
|
---|
5003 |
|
---|
5004 | <para>
|
---|
5005 | <xref linkend="table-websrv-config-params"/> showing the
|
---|
5006 | parameter names and defaults also applies for Solaris. The
|
---|
5007 | parameter names must be changed to lowercase and a prefix of
|
---|
5008 | <computeroutput>config/</computeroutput> has to be added. For
|
---|
5009 | example: <computeroutput>config/user</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5010 | <computeroutput>config/ssl_keyfile</computeroutput>. If you make
|
---|
5011 | any change, do not forget to run the following command to put
|
---|
5012 | the changes into effect immediately:
|
---|
5013 |
|
---|
5014 | <screen>svcadm refresh svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default</screen>
|
---|
5015 | </para>
|
---|
5016 |
|
---|
5017 | <para>
|
---|
5018 | If you forget the above command then the previous settings are
|
---|
5019 | used when enabling the service. Check the current property
|
---|
5020 | settings with:
|
---|
5021 |
|
---|
5022 | <screen>svcprop -p config svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default</screen>
|
---|
5023 | </para>
|
---|
5024 |
|
---|
5025 | <para>
|
---|
5026 | When everything is configured correctly you can start the
|
---|
5027 | VirtualBox web service with the following command:
|
---|
5028 |
|
---|
5029 | <screen>svcadm enable svc:/application/virtualbox/webservice:default</screen>
|
---|
5030 | </para>
|
---|
5031 |
|
---|
5032 | <para>
|
---|
5033 | For more information about SMF, please refer to the Solaris
|
---|
5034 | documentation.
|
---|
5035 | </para>
|
---|
5036 |
|
---|
5037 | </sect2>
|
---|
5038 |
|
---|
5039 | <sect2 id="vboxwebsrv-osx">
|
---|
5040 |
|
---|
5041 | <title>Mac OS X: Starting the Web Service via launchd</title>
|
---|
5042 |
|
---|
5043 | <para>
|
---|
5044 | On Mac OS X, launchd is used to start the VirtualBox webservice.
|
---|
5045 | An example configuration file can be found in
|
---|
5046 | <computeroutput>$HOME/Library/LaunchAgents/org.virtualbox.vboxwebsrv.plist</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5047 | It can be enabled by changing the
|
---|
5048 | <computeroutput>Disabled</computeroutput> key from
|
---|
5049 | <computeroutput>true</computeroutput> to
|
---|
5050 | <computeroutput>false</computeroutput>. To manually start the
|
---|
5051 | service use the following command:
|
---|
5052 |
|
---|
5053 | <screen>launchctl load ~/Library/LaunchAgents/org.virtualbox.vboxwebsrv.plist</screen>
|
---|
5054 |
|
---|
5055 | For additional information on how launchd services could be
|
---|
5056 | configured see:
|
---|
5057 | </para>
|
---|
5058 |
|
---|
5059 | <para>
|
---|
5060 | <ulink
|
---|
5061 | url="https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/Chapters/CreatingLaunchdJobs.html">https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/Chapters/CreatingLaunchdJobs.html</ulink>.
|
---|
5062 | </para>
|
---|
5063 |
|
---|
5064 | </sect2>
|
---|
5065 |
|
---|
5066 | </sect1>
|
---|
5067 |
|
---|
5068 | <sect1 id="vboxwatchdog">
|
---|
5069 |
|
---|
5070 | <title>VirtualBox Watchdog</title>
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | <para>
|
---|
5073 | Starting with VirtualBox 4.2 the memory ballooning service
|
---|
5074 | formerly known as <computeroutput>VBoxBalloonCtrl</computeroutput>
|
---|
5075 | was renamed to VBoxWatchdog, which now incorporates several host
|
---|
5076 | services that are meant to be run in a server environment.
|
---|
5077 | </para>
|
---|
5078 |
|
---|
5079 | <para>
|
---|
5080 | These services are as follows:
|
---|
5081 | </para>
|
---|
5082 |
|
---|
5083 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | <listitem>
|
---|
5086 | <para>
|
---|
5087 | Memory ballooning control, which automatically takes care of a
|
---|
5088 | VM's configured memory balloon. See
|
---|
5089 | <xref linkend="guestadd-balloon" />. This service is useful
|
---|
5090 | for server environments where VMs may dynamically require more
|
---|
5091 | or less memory during runtime.
|
---|
5092 | </para>
|
---|
5093 |
|
---|
5094 | <para>
|
---|
5095 | The service periodically checks a VM's current memory balloon
|
---|
5096 | and its free guest RAM and automatically adjusts the current
|
---|
5097 | memory balloon by inflating or deflating it accordingly. This
|
---|
5098 | handling only applies to running VMs having recent Guest
|
---|
5099 | Additions installed.
|
---|
5100 | </para>
|
---|
5101 | </listitem>
|
---|
5102 |
|
---|
5103 | <listitem>
|
---|
5104 | <para>
|
---|
5105 | Host isolation detection, which provides a way to detect
|
---|
5106 | whether the host cannot reach the specific VirtualBox server
|
---|
5107 | instance anymore and take appropriate actions, such as
|
---|
5108 | shutting down, saving the current state or even powering down
|
---|
5109 | certain VMs.
|
---|
5110 | </para>
|
---|
5111 | </listitem>
|
---|
5112 |
|
---|
5113 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5114 |
|
---|
5115 | <para>
|
---|
5116 | All configuration values can be either specified via command line
|
---|
5117 | or global extradata, whereas command line values always have a
|
---|
5118 | higher priority when set. Some of the configuration values also be
|
---|
5119 | specified on a per-VM basis. So the overall lookup order is:
|
---|
5120 | command line, per-VM basis extradata (if available), global
|
---|
5121 | extradata.
|
---|
5122 | </para>
|
---|
5123 |
|
---|
5124 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-ballonctrl">
|
---|
5125 |
|
---|
5126 | <title>Memory Ballooning Control</title>
|
---|
5127 |
|
---|
5128 | <para>
|
---|
5129 | The memory ballooning control inflates and deflates the memory
|
---|
5130 | balloon of VMs based on the VMs free memory and the desired
|
---|
5131 | maximum balloon size.
|
---|
5132 | </para>
|
---|
5133 |
|
---|
5134 | <para>
|
---|
5135 | To set up the memory ballooning control the maximum ballooning
|
---|
5136 | size a VM can reach needs to be set. This can be specified via
|
---|
5137 | the command line with:
|
---|
5138 |
|
---|
5139 | <screen>--balloon-max <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5140 |
|
---|
5141 | or on a per-VM basis extradata value with:
|
---|
5142 |
|
---|
5143 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata <VM-Name> VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonSizeMax <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5144 |
|
---|
5145 | or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5146 |
|
---|
5147 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonSizeMax <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5148 |
|
---|
5149 | <note>
|
---|
5150 | <para>
|
---|
5151 | If no maximum ballooning size is specified by at least one
|
---|
5152 | of the parameters above, no ballooning will be performed at
|
---|
5153 | all.
|
---|
5154 | </para>
|
---|
5155 | </note>
|
---|
5156 | </para>
|
---|
5157 |
|
---|
5158 | <para>
|
---|
5159 | Setting the ballooning increment in MB can be either done via
|
---|
5160 | command line with:
|
---|
5161 |
|
---|
5162 | <screen>--balloon-inc <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5163 |
|
---|
5164 | or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5165 |
|
---|
5166 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonIncrementMB <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5167 |
|
---|
5168 | The default ballooning increment is 256 MB if not specified.
|
---|
5169 | </para>
|
---|
5170 |
|
---|
5171 | <para>
|
---|
5172 | The same options apply for a ballooning decrement. Using the
|
---|
5173 | command line with:
|
---|
5174 |
|
---|
5175 | <screen>--balloon-dec <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5176 |
|
---|
5177 | or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5178 |
|
---|
5179 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonDecrementMB <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5180 |
|
---|
5181 | The default ballooning decrement is 128 MB if not specified.
|
---|
5182 | </para>
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | <para>
|
---|
5185 | To define the lower limit in MB a balloon can be the command
|
---|
5186 | line with:
|
---|
5187 |
|
---|
5188 | <screen>--balloon-lower-limit <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5189 |
|
---|
5190 | can be used or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5191 |
|
---|
5192 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/BalloonCtrl/BalloonLowerLimitMB <Size in MB></screen>
|
---|
5193 |
|
---|
5194 | is available. Default lower limit is 128 if not specified.
|
---|
5195 | </para>
|
---|
5196 |
|
---|
5197 | </sect2>
|
---|
5198 |
|
---|
5199 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-hostisln">
|
---|
5200 |
|
---|
5201 | <title>Host Isolation Detection</title>
|
---|
5202 |
|
---|
5203 | <para>
|
---|
5204 | To detect whether a host is being isolated, that is, the host
|
---|
5205 | cannot reach the VirtualBox server instance anymore, the host
|
---|
5206 | needs to set an alternating value to a global extradata value
|
---|
5207 | within a time period. If this value is not set within that time
|
---|
5208 | period a timeout occurred and the so-called host isolation
|
---|
5209 | response will be performed to the VMs handled. Which VMs are
|
---|
5210 | handled can be controlled by defining VM groups and assigning
|
---|
5211 | VMs to those groups. By default no groups are set, meaning that
|
---|
5212 | all VMs on the server will be handled when no host response is
|
---|
5213 | received within 30 seconds.
|
---|
5214 | </para>
|
---|
5215 |
|
---|
5216 | <para>
|
---|
5217 | To set the groups handled by the host isolation detection via
|
---|
5218 | command line:
|
---|
5219 |
|
---|
5220 | <screen>--apimon-groups=<string[,stringN]></screen>
|
---|
5221 |
|
---|
5222 | or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5223 |
|
---|
5224 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/APIMonitor/Groups <string[,stringN]></screen>
|
---|
5225 | </para>
|
---|
5226 |
|
---|
5227 | <para>
|
---|
5228 | To set the host isolation timeout via command line:
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | <screen>--apimon-isln-timeout=<ms></screen>
|
---|
5231 |
|
---|
5232 | or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5233 |
|
---|
5234 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/APIMonitor/IsolationTimeoutMS <ms></screen>
|
---|
5235 | </para>
|
---|
5236 |
|
---|
5237 | <para>
|
---|
5238 | To set the actual host isolation response via command line:
|
---|
5239 |
|
---|
5240 | <screen>--apimon-isln-response=<cmd></screen>
|
---|
5241 |
|
---|
5242 | or using a global extradata value with:
|
---|
5243 |
|
---|
5244 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2/Watchdog/APIMonitor/IsolationResponse <cmd></screen>
|
---|
5245 |
|
---|
5246 | The following response commands are available:
|
---|
5247 | </para>
|
---|
5248 |
|
---|
5249 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5250 |
|
---|
5251 | <listitem>
|
---|
5252 | <para>
|
---|
5253 | <computeroutput>none</computeroutput>. This has no effect.
|
---|
5254 | </para>
|
---|
5255 | </listitem>
|
---|
5256 |
|
---|
5257 | <listitem>
|
---|
5258 | <para>
|
---|
5259 | <computeroutput>pause</computeroutput>. Pauses the execution
|
---|
5260 | of a VM.
|
---|
5261 | </para>
|
---|
5262 | </listitem>
|
---|
5263 |
|
---|
5264 | <listitem>
|
---|
5265 | <para>
|
---|
5266 | <computeroutput>poweroff</computeroutput>. Shuts down the VM
|
---|
5267 | by pressing the virtual power button. The VM will not have
|
---|
5268 | the chance of saving any data or veto the shutdown process.
|
---|
5269 | </para>
|
---|
5270 | </listitem>
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | <listitem>
|
---|
5273 | <para>
|
---|
5274 | <computeroutput>save</computeroutput>. Saves the current
|
---|
5275 | machine state and powers off the VM afterwards. If saving
|
---|
5276 | the machine state fails the VM will be paused.
|
---|
5277 | </para>
|
---|
5278 | </listitem>
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | <listitem>
|
---|
5281 | <para>
|
---|
5282 | <computeroutput>shutdown</computeroutput>. Shuts down the VM
|
---|
5283 | in a gentle way by sending an
|
---|
5284 | <computeroutput>ACPI</computeroutput> shutdown event to the
|
---|
5285 | VM's operating system. The OS then has the chance of doing a
|
---|
5286 | clean shutdown.
|
---|
5287 | </para>
|
---|
5288 | </listitem>
|
---|
5289 |
|
---|
5290 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5291 |
|
---|
5292 | </sect2>
|
---|
5293 |
|
---|
5294 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-moreinfo">
|
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | <title>More Information</title>
|
---|
5297 |
|
---|
5298 | <para>
|
---|
5299 | For more advanced options and parameters like verbose logging
|
---|
5300 | check the built-in command line help accessible with
|
---|
5301 | <computeroutput>--help</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5302 | </para>
|
---|
5303 |
|
---|
5304 | </sect2>
|
---|
5305 |
|
---|
5306 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-linux">
|
---|
5307 |
|
---|
5308 | <title>Linux: Starting the Watchdog Service via init</title>
|
---|
5309 |
|
---|
5310 | <para>
|
---|
5311 | On Linux, the watchdog service can be automatically started
|
---|
5312 | during host boot by adding appropriate parameters to the file
|
---|
5313 | <computeroutput>/etc/default/virtualbox</computeroutput>. There
|
---|
5314 | is one mandatory parameter,
|
---|
5315 | <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_USER</computeroutput>, which must
|
---|
5316 | be set to the user which will later start the VMs. For backward
|
---|
5317 | compatibility you can also specify
|
---|
5318 | <computeroutput>VBOXBALLOONCTRL_USER</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5319 | </para>
|
---|
5320 |
|
---|
5321 | <para>
|
---|
5322 | The parameters in
|
---|
5323 | <xref linkend="table-vboxwatchdog-config-params"/> all start
|
---|
5324 | with the <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_</computeroutput> prefix
|
---|
5325 | string. For example:
|
---|
5326 | <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_BALLOON_INTERVAL</computeroutput>
|
---|
5327 | and <computeroutput>VBOXWATCHDOG_LOGSIZE</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5328 | Legacy parameters such as
|
---|
5329 | <computeroutput>VBOXBALLOONCTRL_INTERVAL</computeroutput> can
|
---|
5330 | still be used.
|
---|
5331 |
|
---|
5332 | <table id="table-vboxwatchdog-config-params">
|
---|
5333 | <title>VirtualBox Watchdog Configuration Parameters</title>
|
---|
5334 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
5335 | <thead>
|
---|
5336 | <row>
|
---|
5337 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Parameter</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
5338 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Description</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
5339 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Default</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
5340 | </row>
|
---|
5341 | </thead>
|
---|
5342 | <tbody>
|
---|
5343 | <row>
|
---|
5344 | <entry><computeroutput>USER</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5345 | <entry>The user as which the watchdog service runs</entry>
|
---|
5346 | <entry></entry>
|
---|
5347 | </row>
|
---|
5348 | <row>
|
---|
5349 | <entry><computeroutput>ROTATE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5350 | <entry>Number of log files; 0 disables log rotation</entry>
|
---|
5351 | <entry>10</entry>
|
---|
5352 | </row>
|
---|
5353 | <row>
|
---|
5354 | <entry><computeroutput>LOGSIZE</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5355 | <entry>Maximum size of a log file in bytes to trigger rotation</entry>
|
---|
5356 | <entry>1MB</entry>
|
---|
5357 | </row>
|
---|
5358 | <row>
|
---|
5359 | <entry><computeroutput>LOGINTERVAL</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5360 | <entry>Maximum time interval in seconds to trigger log rotation</entry>
|
---|
5361 | <entry>1 day</entry>
|
---|
5362 | </row>
|
---|
5363 | <row>
|
---|
5364 | <entry><computeroutput>BALLOON_INTERVAL</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5365 | <entry>Interval for checking the balloon size (msec)</entry>
|
---|
5366 | <entry>30000</entry>
|
---|
5367 | </row>
|
---|
5368 | <row>
|
---|
5369 | <entry><computeroutput>BALLOON_INCREMENT</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5370 | <entry>Balloon size increment (MByte)</entry>
|
---|
5371 | <entry>256</entry>
|
---|
5372 | </row>
|
---|
5373 | <row>
|
---|
5374 | <entry><computeroutput>BALLOON_DECREMENT</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5375 | <entry>Balloon size decrement (MByte)</entry>
|
---|
5376 | <entry>128</entry>
|
---|
5377 | </row>
|
---|
5378 | <row>
|
---|
5379 | <entry><computeroutput>BALLOON_LOWERLIMIT</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5380 | <entry>Balloon size lower limit (MByte)</entry>
|
---|
5381 | <entry>64</entry>
|
---|
5382 | </row>
|
---|
5383 | <row>
|
---|
5384 | <entry><computeroutput>BALLOON_SAFETYMARGIN</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
5385 | <entry>Free memory required for decreasing the balloon size (MByte)</entry>
|
---|
5386 | <entry>1024</entry>
|
---|
5387 | </row>
|
---|
5388 | </tbody>
|
---|
5389 | </tgroup>
|
---|
5390 | </table>
|
---|
5391 | </para>
|
---|
5392 |
|
---|
5393 | </sect2>
|
---|
5394 |
|
---|
5395 | <sect2 id="vboxwatchdog-solaris">
|
---|
5396 |
|
---|
5397 | <title>Solaris: Starting the Watchdog Service via SMF</title>
|
---|
5398 |
|
---|
5399 | <para>
|
---|
5400 | On Solaris hosts, the VirtualBox watchdog service daemon is
|
---|
5401 | integrated into the SMF framework. You can change the
|
---|
5402 | parameters, but do not have to if the defaults already match
|
---|
5403 | your needs:
|
---|
5404 | </para>
|
---|
5405 |
|
---|
5406 | <screen>svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default setprop \
|
---|
5407 | config/balloon_interval=10000
|
---|
5408 | svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default setprop \
|
---|
5409 | config/balloon_safetymargin=134217728</screen>
|
---|
5410 |
|
---|
5411 | <para>
|
---|
5412 | <xref linkend="table-vboxwatchdog-config-params"/> also applies
|
---|
5413 | for Solaris. The parameter names must be changed to lowercase
|
---|
5414 | and a prefix of <computeroutput>config/</computeroutput> has to
|
---|
5415 | be added. For example:
|
---|
5416 | <computeroutput>config/user</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5417 | <computeroutput>config/balloon_safetymargin</computeroutput>. If
|
---|
5418 | you made any change, do not forget to run the following command
|
---|
5419 | to put the changes into effect immediately:
|
---|
5420 |
|
---|
5421 | <screen>svcadm refresh svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default</screen>
|
---|
5422 | </para>
|
---|
5423 |
|
---|
5424 | <para>
|
---|
5425 | If you forget the above command then the previous settings will
|
---|
5426 | be used when enabling the service. Check the current property
|
---|
5427 | settings with:
|
---|
5428 |
|
---|
5429 | <screen>svcprop -p config svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default</screen>
|
---|
5430 | </para>
|
---|
5431 |
|
---|
5432 | <para>
|
---|
5433 | When everything is configured correctly you can start the
|
---|
5434 | VirtualBox watchdog service with the following command:
|
---|
5435 |
|
---|
5436 | <screen>svcadm enable svc:/application/virtualbox/balloonctrl:default</screen>
|
---|
5437 | </para>
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 | <para>
|
---|
5440 | For more information about SMF, please refer to the Solaris
|
---|
5441 | documentation.
|
---|
5442 | </para>
|
---|
5443 |
|
---|
5444 | </sect2>
|
---|
5445 |
|
---|
5446 | </sect1>
|
---|
5447 |
|
---|
5448 | <sect1 id="otherextpacks">
|
---|
5449 |
|
---|
5450 | <title>Other Extension Packs</title>
|
---|
5451 |
|
---|
5452 | <para>
|
---|
5453 | Starting with VirtualBox 4.2.0 there is another extension pack,
|
---|
5454 | <code>VNC</code>, which is open source and replaces the previous
|
---|
5455 | integration of the VNC remote access protocol. This is
|
---|
5456 | experimental code, and will be initially available in the
|
---|
5457 | VirtualBox source code package only. It is to a large portion code
|
---|
5458 | contributed by users, and is not supported in any way by Oracle.
|
---|
5459 | </para>
|
---|
5460 |
|
---|
5461 | <para>
|
---|
5462 | The keyboard handling is severely limited, and only the US
|
---|
5463 | keyboard layout works. Other keyboard layouts will have at least
|
---|
5464 | some keys which produce the wrong results, often with quite
|
---|
5465 | surprising effects, and for layouts which have significant
|
---|
5466 | differences to the US keyboard layout it is most likely unusable.
|
---|
5467 | </para>
|
---|
5468 |
|
---|
5469 | <para>
|
---|
5470 | It is possible to install both the Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension
|
---|
5471 | Pack and VNC, but only one VRDE module can be active at any time.
|
---|
5472 | The following command switches to the VNC VRDE module in VNC:
|
---|
5473 |
|
---|
5474 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack VNC</screen>
|
---|
5475 | </para>
|
---|
5476 |
|
---|
5477 | <para>
|
---|
5478 | Configuring the remote access works very similarly to VRDP, see
|
---|
5479 | <xref linkend="vrde" />, with some limitations. VNC does not
|
---|
5480 | support specifying several port numbers, and the authentication is
|
---|
5481 | done differently. VNC can only deal with password authentication,
|
---|
5482 | and there is no option to use password hashes. This leaves no
|
---|
5483 | other choice than having a clear-text password in the VM
|
---|
5484 | configuration, which can be set with the following command:
|
---|
5485 |
|
---|
5486 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --vrdeproperty VNCPassword=secret</screen>
|
---|
5487 | </para>
|
---|
5488 |
|
---|
5489 | <para>
|
---|
5490 | The user is responsible for keeping this password secret, and it
|
---|
5491 | should be removed when a VM configuration is passed to another
|
---|
5492 | person, for whatever purpose. Some VNC servers claim to have
|
---|
5493 | "encrypted" passwords in the configuration. This is not true
|
---|
5494 | encryption, it is only concealing the passwords, which is exactly
|
---|
5495 | as secure as clear-text passwords.
|
---|
5496 | </para>
|
---|
5497 |
|
---|
5498 | <para>
|
---|
5499 | The following command switches back to VRDP, if installed:
|
---|
5500 |
|
---|
5501 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack "Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack"</screen>
|
---|
5502 | </para>
|
---|
5503 |
|
---|
5504 | </sect1>
|
---|
5505 |
|
---|
5506 | <sect1 id="autostart">
|
---|
5507 |
|
---|
5508 | <title>Starting Virtual Machines During System Boot</title>
|
---|
5509 |
|
---|
5510 | <para>
|
---|
5511 | Starting with VirtualBox 4.2.0 it is possible to start VMs
|
---|
5512 | automatically during system boot on Linux, Solaris and Mac OS X
|
---|
5513 | for all users.
|
---|
5514 | </para>
|
---|
5515 |
|
---|
5516 | <sect2 id="autostart-linux">
|
---|
5517 |
|
---|
5518 | <title>Linux: Starting the Autostart Service via init</title>
|
---|
5519 |
|
---|
5520 | <para>
|
---|
5521 | On Linux, the autostart service is activated by setting two
|
---|
5522 | variables in
|
---|
5523 | <computeroutput>/etc/default/virtualbox</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
5524 | first one is <computeroutput>VBOXAUTOSTART_DB</computeroutput>
|
---|
5525 | which contains an absolute path to the autostart database
|
---|
5526 | directory. The directory should have write access for every user
|
---|
5527 | who should be able to start virtual machines automatically.
|
---|
5528 | Furthermore the directory should have the sticky bit set. The
|
---|
5529 | second variable is
|
---|
5530 | <computeroutput>VBOXAUTOSTART_CONFIG</computeroutput> which
|
---|
5531 | points the service to the autostart configuration file which is
|
---|
5532 | used during boot to determine whether to allow individual users
|
---|
5533 | to start a VM automatically and configure startup delays. The
|
---|
5534 | configuration file can be placed in
|
---|
5535 | <computeroutput>/etc/vbox</computeroutput> and contains several
|
---|
5536 | options. One is <computeroutput>default_policy</computeroutput>
|
---|
5537 | which controls whether the autostart service allows or denies to
|
---|
5538 | start a VM for users which are not in the exception list. The
|
---|
5539 | exception list starts with
|
---|
5540 | <computeroutput>exception_list</computeroutput> and contains a
|
---|
5541 | comma separated list with usernames. Furthermore a separate
|
---|
5542 | startup delay can be configured for every user to avoid
|
---|
5543 | overloading the host. A sample configuration is given below:
|
---|
5544 | </para>
|
---|
5545 |
|
---|
5546 | <para>
|
---|
5547 | <screen>
|
---|
5548 | # Default policy is to deny starting a VM, the other option is "allow".
|
---|
5549 | default_policy = deny
|
---|
5550 |
|
---|
5551 | # Bob is allowed to start virtual machines but starting them
|
---|
5552 | # will be delayed for 10 seconds
|
---|
5553 | bob = {
|
---|
5554 | allow = true
|
---|
5555 | startup_delay = 10
|
---|
5556 | }
|
---|
5557 |
|
---|
5558 | # Alice is not allowed to start virtual machines, useful to exclude certain users
|
---|
5559 | # if the default policy is set to allow.
|
---|
5560 | alice = {
|
---|
5561 | allow = false
|
---|
5562 | }
|
---|
5563 | </screen>
|
---|
5564 | </para>
|
---|
5565 |
|
---|
5566 | <para>
|
---|
5567 | Every user who wants to enable autostart for individual machines
|
---|
5568 | has to set the path to the autostart database directory with
|
---|
5569 |
|
---|
5570 | <screen>VBoxManage setproperty autostartdbpath <Autostart directory></screen>
|
---|
5571 | </para>
|
---|
5572 |
|
---|
5573 | </sect2>
|
---|
5574 |
|
---|
5575 | <sect2 id="autostart-solaris">
|
---|
5576 |
|
---|
5577 | <title>Solaris: Starting the Autostart Service via SMF</title>
|
---|
5578 |
|
---|
5579 | <para>
|
---|
5580 | On Solaris hosts, the VirtualBox autostart daemon is integrated
|
---|
5581 | into the SMF framework. To enable it you have to point the
|
---|
5582 | service to an existing configuration file which has the same
|
---|
5583 | format as on Linux, see <xref linkend="autostart-linux" />. For
|
---|
5584 | example:
|
---|
5585 |
|
---|
5586 | <screen>svccfg -s svc:/application/virtualbox/autostart:default setprop \
|
---|
5587 | config/config=/etc/vbox/autostart.cfg</screen>
|
---|
5588 | </para>
|
---|
5589 |
|
---|
5590 | <para>
|
---|
5591 | When everything is configured correctly you can start the
|
---|
5592 | VirtualBox autostart service with the following command:
|
---|
5593 |
|
---|
5594 | <screen>svcadm enable svc:/application/virtualbox/autostart:default</screen>
|
---|
5595 | </para>
|
---|
5596 |
|
---|
5597 | <para>
|
---|
5598 | For more information about SMF, please refer to the Solaris
|
---|
5599 | documentation.
|
---|
5600 | </para>
|
---|
5601 |
|
---|
5602 | </sect2>
|
---|
5603 |
|
---|
5604 | <sect2 id="autostart-osx">
|
---|
5605 |
|
---|
5606 | <title>Mac OS X: Starting the Autostart Service via launchd</title>
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | <para>
|
---|
5609 | On Mac OS X, launchd is used to start the VirtualBox autostart
|
---|
5610 | service. An example configuration file can be found in
|
---|
5611 | <computeroutput>/Applications/VirtualBox.app/Contents/MacOS/org.virtualbox.vboxautostart.plist</computeroutput>.
|
---|
5612 | To enable the service copy the file to
|
---|
5613 | <computeroutput>/Library/LaunchDaemons</computeroutput> and
|
---|
5614 | change the <computeroutput>Disabled</computeroutput> key from
|
---|
5615 | <computeroutput>true</computeroutput> to
|
---|
5616 | <computeroutput>false</computeroutput>. Furthermore replace the
|
---|
5617 | second parameter to an existing configuration file which has the
|
---|
5618 | same format as on Linux, see <xref linkend="autostart-linux" />.
|
---|
5619 | To manually start the service use the following command:
|
---|
5620 |
|
---|
5621 | <screen>launchctl load /Library/LaunchDaemons/org.virtualbox.vboxautostart.plist</screen>
|
---|
5622 |
|
---|
5623 | For additional information on how launchd services could be
|
---|
5624 | configured see:
|
---|
5625 | </para>
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | <para>
|
---|
5628 | <ulink
|
---|
5629 | url="http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/BPSystemStartup.html">http://developer.apple.com/mac/library/documentation/MacOSX/Conceptual/BPSystemStartup/BPSystemStartup.html</ulink>.
|
---|
5630 | </para>
|
---|
5631 |
|
---|
5632 | </sect2>
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | </sect1>
|
---|
5635 |
|
---|
5636 | <sect1 id="vboxexpertstoragemgmt">
|
---|
5637 |
|
---|
5638 | <title>VirtualBox Expert Storage Management</title>
|
---|
5639 |
|
---|
5640 | <para>
|
---|
5641 | In case the snapshot model of VirtualBox is not sufficient it is
|
---|
5642 | possible to enable a special mode which makes it possible to
|
---|
5643 | reconfigure storage attachments while the VM is paused. The user
|
---|
5644 | has to make sure that the disk data stays consistent to the guest
|
---|
5645 | because unlike with hotplugging the guest is not informed about
|
---|
5646 | detached or newly attached media.
|
---|
5647 | </para>
|
---|
5648 |
|
---|
5649 | <para>
|
---|
5650 | The expert storage management mode can be enabled per VM
|
---|
5651 | executing:
|
---|
5652 | </para>
|
---|
5653 |
|
---|
5654 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal2/SilentReconfigureWhilePaused" 1</screen>
|
---|
5655 |
|
---|
5656 | <para>
|
---|
5657 | Storage attachments can be reconfigured while the VM is paused
|
---|
5658 | afterwards using:
|
---|
5659 | </para>
|
---|
5660 |
|
---|
5661 | <screen>VBoxManage storageattach ...</screen>
|
---|
5662 |
|
---|
5663 | </sect1>
|
---|
5664 |
|
---|
5665 | <sect1 id="hostpowertweaks">
|
---|
5666 |
|
---|
5667 | <title>Handling of Host Power Management Events</title>
|
---|
5668 |
|
---|
5669 | <para>
|
---|
5670 | Some host power management events are handled by VirtualBox. The
|
---|
5671 | actual behavior depends on the platform:
|
---|
5672 | </para>
|
---|
5673 |
|
---|
5674 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5675 |
|
---|
5676 | <listitem>
|
---|
5677 | <para>
|
---|
5678 | <emphasis role="bold">Host Suspends.</emphasis> This event is
|
---|
5679 | generated when the host is about to suspend, that is, the host
|
---|
5680 | saves the state to some non-volatile storage and powers off.
|
---|
5681 | </para>
|
---|
5682 |
|
---|
5683 | <para>
|
---|
5684 | This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac
|
---|
5685 | OS X hosts. When this event is generated, VirtualBox will
|
---|
5686 | pause all running VMs.
|
---|
5687 | </para>
|
---|
5688 | </listitem>
|
---|
5689 |
|
---|
5690 | <listitem>
|
---|
5691 | <para>
|
---|
5692 | <emphasis role="bold">Host Resumes.</emphasis> This event is
|
---|
5693 | generated when the host woke up from the suspended state.
|
---|
5694 | </para>
|
---|
5695 |
|
---|
5696 | <para>
|
---|
5697 | This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac
|
---|
5698 | OS X hosts. When this event is generated, VirtualBox will
|
---|
5699 | resume all VMs which are where paused before.
|
---|
5700 | </para>
|
---|
5701 | </listitem>
|
---|
5702 |
|
---|
5703 | <listitem>
|
---|
5704 | <para>
|
---|
5705 | <emphasis role="bold">Battery Low.</emphasis> The battery
|
---|
5706 | level reached a critical level, usually less than 5 percent
|
---|
5707 | charged.
|
---|
5708 | </para>
|
---|
5709 |
|
---|
5710 | <para>
|
---|
5711 | This event is currently only handled on Windows hosts and Mac
|
---|
5712 | OS X hosts. When this event is generated, VirtualBox will save
|
---|
5713 | the state and terminate all VMs in preparation of a potential
|
---|
5714 | host powerdown.
|
---|
5715 | </para>
|
---|
5716 |
|
---|
5717 | <para>
|
---|
5718 | The behavior can be configured. By executing the following
|
---|
5719 | command, no VM is saved:
|
---|
5720 | </para>
|
---|
5721 |
|
---|
5722 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global "VBoxInternal2/SavestateOnBatteryLow" 0</screen>
|
---|
5723 |
|
---|
5724 | <para>
|
---|
5725 | This is a global setting as well as a per-VM setting. The
|
---|
5726 | per-VM value has higher precedence than the global value. The
|
---|
5727 | following command will save the state of all VMs but will not
|
---|
5728 | save the state of VM "foo":
|
---|
5729 | </para>
|
---|
5730 |
|
---|
5731 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata global "VBoxInternal2/SavestateOnBatteryLow" 1
|
---|
5732 | VBoxManage setextradata "foo" "VBoxInternal2/SavestateOnBatteryLow" 0</screen>
|
---|
5733 |
|
---|
5734 | <para>
|
---|
5735 | The first line is actually not required as by default the
|
---|
5736 | savestate action is performed.
|
---|
5737 | </para>
|
---|
5738 | </listitem>
|
---|
5739 |
|
---|
5740 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5741 |
|
---|
5742 | </sect1>
|
---|
5743 |
|
---|
5744 | <sect1 id="sse412passthrough">
|
---|
5745 |
|
---|
5746 | <title>Passing Through SSE4.1/SSE4.2 Instructions</title>
|
---|
5747 |
|
---|
5748 | <para>
|
---|
5749 | To provide SSE 4.1/SSE 4.2 support to guests, the host CPU has to
|
---|
5750 | implement these instruction sets. The instruction sets are exposed
|
---|
5751 | to guests by default, but it is possible to disable the instructions
|
---|
5752 | for certain guests using the following commands:</para>
|
---|
5753 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/CPUM/IsaExts/SSE4.1 0
|
---|
5754 | VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" VBoxInternal/CPUM/IsaExts/SSE4.2 0</screen>
|
---|
5755 |
|
---|
5756 | <para>
|
---|
5757 | These are a per-VM settings which are turned on by default.
|
---|
5758 | </para>
|
---|
5759 |
|
---|
5760 | </sect1>
|
---|
5761 |
|
---|
5762 | <sect1 id="hidledssync">
|
---|
5763 |
|
---|
5764 | <title>Support for Keyboard Indicators Synchronization</title>
|
---|
5765 |
|
---|
5766 | <para>
|
---|
5767 | This feature makes the host keyboard lights match those of the
|
---|
5768 | virtual machine's emulated keyboard when the machine window is
|
---|
5769 | selected. It is currently implemented for Mac OS X and Windows
|
---|
5770 | hosts. The feature is enabled by default (on a supported host OS),
|
---|
5771 | but can be disabled using the following command:
|
---|
5772 | </para>
|
---|
5773 |
|
---|
5774 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" GUI/HidLedsSync "0"</screen>
|
---|
5775 |
|
---|
5776 | <para>
|
---|
5777 | This is a per-VM setting and it is enabled by default.
|
---|
5778 | </para>
|
---|
5779 |
|
---|
5780 | </sect1>
|
---|
5781 |
|
---|
5782 | <sect1 id="usbtrafficcapturing">
|
---|
5783 |
|
---|
5784 | <title>Capturing USB Traffic for Selected Devices</title>
|
---|
5785 |
|
---|
5786 | <para>
|
---|
5787 | Starting with VirtualBox 5.0 it is possible to capture USB traffic
|
---|
5788 | for single USB devices or on the root hub level which captures the
|
---|
5789 | traffic of all USB devices attached to the root hub. VirtualBox
|
---|
5790 | stores the traffic in a format which is compatible with Wireshark.
|
---|
5791 | To capture the traffic of a specific USB device it must be
|
---|
5792 | attached to the VM with VBoxManage using the following command:
|
---|
5793 | </para>
|
---|
5794 |
|
---|
5795 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "VM name" usbattach "device uuid|address" --capturefile "filename"</screen>
|
---|
5796 |
|
---|
5797 | <para>
|
---|
5798 | In order to enable capturing on the root hub use the following
|
---|
5799 | command while the VM is not running:
|
---|
5800 | </para>
|
---|
5801 |
|
---|
5802 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
5803 | VBoxInternal/Devices/usb-ehci/0/LUN#0/Config/CaptureFilename "filename"</screen>
|
---|
5804 |
|
---|
5805 | <para>
|
---|
5806 | The command above enables capturing on the root hub attached to
|
---|
5807 | the EHCI controller. To enable it for the OHCI or XHCI controller
|
---|
5808 | replace <computeroutput>usb-ehci</computeroutput> with
|
---|
5809 | <computeroutput>usb-ohci</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5810 | <computeroutput>usb-xhci</computeroutput> respectively.
|
---|
5811 | </para>
|
---|
5812 |
|
---|
5813 | </sect1>
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | <sect1 id="heartbeatservice">
|
---|
5816 |
|
---|
5817 | <title>Configuring the Heartbeat Service</title>
|
---|
5818 |
|
---|
5819 | <para>
|
---|
5820 | VirtualBox ships a simple heartbeat service. Once the Guest
|
---|
5821 | Additions are active, the guest sends frequent heartbeat pings to
|
---|
5822 | the host. If the guest stops sending the heartbeat pings without
|
---|
5823 | properly terminating the service, the VM process will log this
|
---|
5824 | event in the VBox.log file. In the future it might be possible to
|
---|
5825 | configure dedicated actions but for now there is only a warning in
|
---|
5826 | the log file.
|
---|
5827 | </para>
|
---|
5828 |
|
---|
5829 | <para>
|
---|
5830 | There are two parameters to configure. The <emphasis>heartbeat
|
---|
5831 | interval</emphasis> defines the time between two heartbeat pings.
|
---|
5832 | The default value is 2 seconds, that is, the heartbeat service of
|
---|
5833 | the VirtualBox Guest Additions will send a heartbeat ping every
|
---|
5834 | two seconds. The value in nanoseconds can be configured like this:
|
---|
5835 | </para>
|
---|
5836 |
|
---|
5837 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name"\
|
---|
5838 | VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/HeartbeatInterval 2000000000</screen>
|
---|
5839 |
|
---|
5840 | <para>
|
---|
5841 | The <emphasis>heartbeat timeout</emphasis> defines the time the
|
---|
5842 | host waits starting from the last heartbeat ping before it defines
|
---|
5843 | the guest as unresponsive. The default value is 2 times the
|
---|
5844 | heartbeat interval (4 seconds) and can be configured as following,
|
---|
5845 | in nanoseconds:
|
---|
5846 | </para>
|
---|
5847 |
|
---|
5848 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" \
|
---|
5849 | VBoxInternal/Devices/VMMDev/0/Config/HeartbeatTimeout 4000000000</screen>
|
---|
5850 |
|
---|
5851 | <para>
|
---|
5852 | If the heartbeat timeout expires, there will be a log message like
|
---|
5853 | <emphasis>VMMDev: HeartBeatCheckTimer: Guest seems to be
|
---|
5854 | unresponsive. Last heartbeat received 5 seconds ago.</emphasis> If
|
---|
5855 | another heartbeat ping arrives after this warning, there will be a
|
---|
5856 | log message like <emphasis>VMMDev: GuestHeartBeat: Guest is
|
---|
5857 | alive.</emphasis>
|
---|
5858 | </para>
|
---|
5859 |
|
---|
5860 | </sect1>
|
---|
5861 |
|
---|
5862 | <sect1 id="diskencryption">
|
---|
5863 |
|
---|
5864 | <title>Encryption of Disk Images</title>
|
---|
5865 |
|
---|
5866 | <para>
|
---|
5867 | Starting with VirtualBox 5.0, it is possible to encrypt the data
|
---|
5868 | stored in hard disk images transparently for the guest. It does
|
---|
5869 | not depend on a specific image format to be used. Images which
|
---|
5870 | have the data encrypted are not portable between VirtualBox and
|
---|
5871 | other virtualization software.
|
---|
5872 | </para>
|
---|
5873 |
|
---|
5874 | <para>
|
---|
5875 | VirtualBox uses the AES algorithm in XTS mode and supports 128-bit
|
---|
5876 | or 256-bit data encryption keys (DEK). The DEK is stored encrypted
|
---|
5877 | in the medium properties and is decrypted during VM startup by
|
---|
5878 | entering a password which was chosen when the image was encrypted.
|
---|
5879 | </para>
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 | <para>
|
---|
5882 | Since the DEK is stored as part of the VM configuration file, it
|
---|
5883 | is important that it is kept safe. Losing the DEK means that the
|
---|
5884 | data stored in the disk images is lost irrecoverably. Having
|
---|
5885 | complete and up to date backups of all data related to the VM is
|
---|
5886 | the responsibility of the user.
|
---|
5887 | </para>
|
---|
5888 |
|
---|
5889 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-limitations">
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | <title>Limitations of Disk Encryption</title>
|
---|
5892 |
|
---|
5893 | <para>
|
---|
5894 | There are some limitations the user needs to be aware of when
|
---|
5895 | using this feature:
|
---|
5896 | </para>
|
---|
5897 |
|
---|
5898 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
5899 |
|
---|
5900 | <listitem>
|
---|
5901 | <para>
|
---|
5902 | This feature is part of the Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension
|
---|
5903 | Pack, which needs to be installed. Otherwise disk encryption
|
---|
5904 | is unavailable.
|
---|
5905 | </para>
|
---|
5906 | </listitem>
|
---|
5907 |
|
---|
5908 | <listitem>
|
---|
5909 | <para>
|
---|
5910 | Since encryption works only on the stored user data, it is
|
---|
5911 | currently not possible to check for metadata integrity of
|
---|
5912 | the disk image. Attackers might destroy data by removing or
|
---|
5913 | changing blocks of data in the image or change metadata
|
---|
5914 | items such as the disk size.
|
---|
5915 | </para>
|
---|
5916 | </listitem>
|
---|
5917 |
|
---|
5918 | <listitem>
|
---|
5919 | <para>
|
---|
5920 | Exporting appliances which contain encrypted disk images is
|
---|
5921 | not possible because the OVF specification does not support
|
---|
5922 | this. All images are therefore decrypted during export.
|
---|
5923 | </para>
|
---|
5924 | </listitem>
|
---|
5925 |
|
---|
5926 | <listitem>
|
---|
5927 | <para>
|
---|
5928 | The DEK is kept in memory while the VM is running to be able
|
---|
5929 | to decrypt data read and encrypt data written by the guest.
|
---|
5930 | While this should be obvious the user needs to be aware of
|
---|
5931 | this because an attacker might be able to extract the key on
|
---|
5932 | a compromised host and decrypt the data.
|
---|
5933 | </para>
|
---|
5934 | </listitem>
|
---|
5935 |
|
---|
5936 | <listitem>
|
---|
5937 | <para>
|
---|
5938 | When encrypting or decrypting the images, the password is
|
---|
5939 | passed in clear text via the VirtualBox API. This needs to
|
---|
5940 | be kept in mind, especially when using third party API
|
---|
5941 | clients which make use of the webservice where the password
|
---|
5942 | might be transmitted over the network. The use of HTTPS is
|
---|
5943 | mandatory in such a case.
|
---|
5944 | </para>
|
---|
5945 | </listitem>
|
---|
5946 |
|
---|
5947 | <listitem>
|
---|
5948 | <para>
|
---|
5949 | Encrypting images with differencing images is only possible
|
---|
5950 | if there are no snapshots or a linear chain of snapshots.
|
---|
5951 | This limitation may be addressed in a future VirtualBox
|
---|
5952 | version.
|
---|
5953 | </para>
|
---|
5954 | </listitem>
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
5957 |
|
---|
5958 | </sect2>
|
---|
5959 |
|
---|
5960 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-encryption">
|
---|
5961 |
|
---|
5962 | <title>Encrypting Disk Images</title>
|
---|
5963 |
|
---|
5964 | <para>
|
---|
5965 | Encrypting disk images can be done either using the GUI or
|
---|
5966 | VBoxManage. While the GUI is easier to use, it works on a per VM
|
---|
5967 | basis and encrypts all disk images attached to the specific VM.
|
---|
5968 | With VBoxManage one can encrypt individual images, including all
|
---|
5969 | differencing images. To encrypt an unencrypted medium with
|
---|
5970 | VBoxManage, use:
|
---|
5971 | </para>
|
---|
5972 |
|
---|
5973 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium "uuid|filename" \
|
---|
5974 | --newpassword "file|-" --cipher "cipher id" --newpasswordid "id"</screen>
|
---|
5975 |
|
---|
5976 | <para>
|
---|
5977 | To supply the encryption password point VBoxManage to the file
|
---|
5978 | where the password is stored or specify
|
---|
5979 | <computeroutput>-</computeroutput> to let VBoxManage ask you for
|
---|
5980 | the password on the command line.
|
---|
5981 | </para>
|
---|
5982 |
|
---|
5983 | <para>
|
---|
5984 | The cipher parameter specifies the cipher to use for encryption
|
---|
5985 | and can be either
|
---|
5986 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS128-PLAIN64</computeroutput> or
|
---|
5987 | <computeroutput>AES-XTS256-PLAIN64</computeroutput>. The
|
---|
5988 | specified password identifier can be freely chosen by the user
|
---|
5989 | and is used for correct identification when supplying multiple
|
---|
5990 | passwords during VM startup.
|
---|
5991 | </para>
|
---|
5992 |
|
---|
5993 | <para>
|
---|
5994 | If the user uses the same password when encrypting multiple
|
---|
5995 | images and also the same password identifier, the user needs to
|
---|
5996 | supply the password only once during VM startup.
|
---|
5997 | </para>
|
---|
5998 |
|
---|
5999 | </sect2>
|
---|
6000 |
|
---|
6001 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-startvm">
|
---|
6002 |
|
---|
6003 | <title>Starting a VM with Encrypted Images</title>
|
---|
6004 |
|
---|
6005 | <para>
|
---|
6006 | When a VM is started using the GUI, a dialog will open where the
|
---|
6007 | user needs to enter all passwords for all encrypted images
|
---|
6008 | attached to the VM. If another frontend like VBoxHeadless is
|
---|
6009 | used, the VM will be paused as soon as the guest tries to access
|
---|
6010 | an encrypted disk. The user needs to provide the passwords
|
---|
6011 | through VBoxManage using the following command:
|
---|
6012 | </para>
|
---|
6013 |
|
---|
6014 | <screen>VBoxManage controlvm "uuid|vmname" addencpassword "id" "password" [--removeonsuspend "yes|no"]</screen>
|
---|
6015 |
|
---|
6016 | <para>
|
---|
6017 | The <computeroutput>id</computeroutput> parameter must be the
|
---|
6018 | same as the password identifier supplied when encrypting the
|
---|
6019 | images. <computeroutput>password</computeroutput> is the
|
---|
6020 | password used when encrypting the images. The user can
|
---|
6021 | optionally specify <computeroutput>--removeonsuspend
|
---|
6022 | "yes|no"</computeroutput> to specify whether to remove the
|
---|
6023 | password from VM memory when the VM is suspended. Before the VM
|
---|
6024 | can be resumed, the user needs to supply the passwords again.
|
---|
6025 | This is useful when a VM is suspended by a host suspend event
|
---|
6026 | and the user does not want the password to remain in memory.
|
---|
6027 | </para>
|
---|
6028 |
|
---|
6029 | </sect2>
|
---|
6030 |
|
---|
6031 | <sect2 id="diskencryption-decryption">
|
---|
6032 |
|
---|
6033 | <title>Decrypting Encrypted Images</title>
|
---|
6034 |
|
---|
6035 | <para>
|
---|
6036 | In some circumstances it might be required to decrypt previously
|
---|
6037 | encrypted images. This can be done in the GUI for a complete VM
|
---|
6038 | or using VBoxManage with the following command:
|
---|
6039 | </para>
|
---|
6040 |
|
---|
6041 | <screen>VBoxManage encryptmedium "uuid|filename" --oldpassword "file|-"</screen>
|
---|
6042 |
|
---|
6043 | <para>
|
---|
6044 | The only required parameter is the password the image was
|
---|
6045 | encrypted with. The options are the same as for encrypting
|
---|
6046 | images.
|
---|
6047 | </para>
|
---|
6048 |
|
---|
6049 | </sect2>
|
---|
6050 |
|
---|
6051 | </sect1>
|
---|
6052 |
|
---|
6053 | <sect1 id="gimdebug">
|
---|
6054 |
|
---|
6055 | <title>Paravirtualized Debugging</title>
|
---|
6056 |
|
---|
6057 | <para>
|
---|
6058 | In this section we cover debugging of guest operating systems
|
---|
6059 | using interfaces supported by paravirtualization providers.
|
---|
6060 | </para>
|
---|
6061 |
|
---|
6062 | <note>
|
---|
6063 | <para>
|
---|
6064 | Paravirtualized debugging significantly alter guest operating
|
---|
6065 | system behaviour and should only be used by expert users for
|
---|
6066 | debugging and diagnostics.
|
---|
6067 | </para>
|
---|
6068 | </note>
|
---|
6069 |
|
---|
6070 | <para>
|
---|
6071 | These debug options are specified as a string of key-value pairs
|
---|
6072 | separated by commas. An empty string disables paravirtualized
|
---|
6073 | debugging.
|
---|
6074 | </para>
|
---|
6075 |
|
---|
6076 | <sect2 id="gimdebughyperv">
|
---|
6077 |
|
---|
6078 | <title>Hyper-V Debug Options</title>
|
---|
6079 |
|
---|
6080 | <para>
|
---|
6081 | All of the options listed below are optional, and thus the
|
---|
6082 | default value specified will be used when the corresponding
|
---|
6083 | key-value pair is not specified.
|
---|
6084 | </para>
|
---|
6085 |
|
---|
6086 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6087 |
|
---|
6088 | <listitem>
|
---|
6089 | <para>
|
---|
6090 | Key:
|
---|
6091 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>enabled</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6092 | </para>
|
---|
6093 |
|
---|
6094 | <para>
|
---|
6095 | Value: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6096 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>
|
---|
6097 | </para>
|
---|
6098 |
|
---|
6099 | <para>
|
---|
6100 | Default: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6101 | </para>
|
---|
6102 |
|
---|
6103 | <para>
|
---|
6104 | Specify <computeroutput>1</computeroutput> to enable the
|
---|
6105 | Hyper-V debug interface. If this key-value pair is not
|
---|
6106 | specified or the value is not
|
---|
6107 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>, the Hyper-V debug
|
---|
6108 | interface is disabled regardless of other key-value pairs
|
---|
6109 | being present.
|
---|
6110 | </para>
|
---|
6111 | </listitem>
|
---|
6112 |
|
---|
6113 | <listitem>
|
---|
6114 | <para>
|
---|
6115 | Key:
|
---|
6116 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>address</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6117 | </para>
|
---|
6118 |
|
---|
6119 | <para>
|
---|
6120 | Value: IPv4 address
|
---|
6121 | </para>
|
---|
6122 |
|
---|
6123 | <para>
|
---|
6124 | Default: 127.0.0.1
|
---|
6125 | </para>
|
---|
6126 |
|
---|
6127 | <para>
|
---|
6128 | Specify the IPv4 address where the remote debugger is
|
---|
6129 | connected.
|
---|
6130 | </para>
|
---|
6131 | </listitem>
|
---|
6132 |
|
---|
6133 | <listitem>
|
---|
6134 | <para>
|
---|
6135 | Key:
|
---|
6136 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>port</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6137 | </para>
|
---|
6138 |
|
---|
6139 | <para>
|
---|
6140 | Value: UDP port number
|
---|
6141 | </para>
|
---|
6142 |
|
---|
6143 | <para>
|
---|
6144 | Default: 50000
|
---|
6145 | </para>
|
---|
6146 |
|
---|
6147 | <para>
|
---|
6148 | Specify the UDP port number where the remote debugger is
|
---|
6149 | connected.
|
---|
6150 | </para>
|
---|
6151 | </listitem>
|
---|
6152 |
|
---|
6153 | <listitem>
|
---|
6154 | <para>
|
---|
6155 | Key:
|
---|
6156 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>vendor</computeroutput></emphasis>
|
---|
6157 | </para>
|
---|
6158 |
|
---|
6159 | <para>
|
---|
6160 | Value: Hyper-V vendor signature reported via CPUID to the
|
---|
6161 | guest
|
---|
6162 | </para>
|
---|
6163 |
|
---|
6164 | <para>
|
---|
6165 | Default: When debugging is enabled:
|
---|
6166 | <computeroutput>Microsoft Hv</computeroutput>, otherwise:
|
---|
6167 | <computeroutput>VBoxVBoxVBox</computeroutput>
|
---|
6168 | </para>
|
---|
6169 |
|
---|
6170 | <para>
|
---|
6171 | Specify the Hyper-V vendor signature which is exposed to the
|
---|
6172 | guest via CPUID. For debugging Microsoft Windows guests, it
|
---|
6173 | is required the hypervisor reports the Microsoft vendor.
|
---|
6174 | </para>
|
---|
6175 | </listitem>
|
---|
6176 |
|
---|
6177 | <listitem>
|
---|
6178 | <para>
|
---|
6179 | Key:
|
---|
6180 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>hypercallinterface</computeroutput>
|
---|
6181 | </emphasis>
|
---|
6182 | </para>
|
---|
6183 |
|
---|
6184 | <para>
|
---|
6185 | Value: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6186 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>
|
---|
6187 | </para>
|
---|
6188 |
|
---|
6189 | <para>
|
---|
6190 | Default: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6191 | </para>
|
---|
6192 |
|
---|
6193 | <para>
|
---|
6194 | Specify whether hypercalls should be suggested for
|
---|
6195 | initiating debug data transfers between host and guest
|
---|
6196 | rather than MSRs when requested by the guest.
|
---|
6197 | </para>
|
---|
6198 | </listitem>
|
---|
6199 |
|
---|
6200 | <listitem>
|
---|
6201 | <para>
|
---|
6202 | Key:
|
---|
6203 | <emphasis role="bold"><computeroutput>vsinterface</computeroutput>
|
---|
6204 | </emphasis>
|
---|
6205 | </para>
|
---|
6206 |
|
---|
6207 | <para>
|
---|
6208 | Value: <computeroutput>0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6209 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>
|
---|
6210 | </para>
|
---|
6211 |
|
---|
6212 | <para>
|
---|
6213 | Default: When debugging is enabled,
|
---|
6214 | <computeroutput>1</computeroutput>, otherwise
|
---|
6215 | <computeroutput>0</computeroutput>
|
---|
6216 | </para>
|
---|
6217 |
|
---|
6218 | <para>
|
---|
6219 | Specify whether to expose the "VS#1" (virtualization
|
---|
6220 | service) interface to the guest. This interface is required
|
---|
6221 | for debugging Microsoft Windows 10 32-bit guests, but is
|
---|
6222 | optional for other Windows versions.
|
---|
6223 | </para>
|
---|
6224 | </listitem>
|
---|
6225 |
|
---|
6226 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6227 |
|
---|
6228 | <sect3 id="gimdebughyperv-windows-setup">
|
---|
6229 |
|
---|
6230 | <title>Setting up Windows Guests for Debugging with the Hyper-V
|
---|
6231 | Paravirtualization Provider</title>
|
---|
6232 |
|
---|
6233 | <para>
|
---|
6234 | Windows supports debugging over a serial cable, USB, IEEE 1394
|
---|
6235 | Firewire, and Ethernet (only Windows 8 and later). USB and
|
---|
6236 | IEEE 1394 are not applicable for virtual machines, and
|
---|
6237 | Ethernet requires Windows 8 or later. While serial connection
|
---|
6238 | is universally usable, it is slow.
|
---|
6239 | </para>
|
---|
6240 |
|
---|
6241 | <para>
|
---|
6242 | Debugging using the Hyper-V debug transport, supported on
|
---|
6243 | Windows Vista and later, offers significant benefits. It
|
---|
6244 | provides excellent performance due to direct host-to-guest
|
---|
6245 | transfers, it is easy to set up and requires minimal support
|
---|
6246 | from the hypervisor. It can be used with the debugger running
|
---|
6247 | on the same host as the VM or with the debugger and VM on
|
---|
6248 | separate machines connected over a network.
|
---|
6249 | </para>
|
---|
6250 |
|
---|
6251 | <para>
|
---|
6252 | <emphasis role="bold">Prerequisites</emphasis>
|
---|
6253 | </para>
|
---|
6254 |
|
---|
6255 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6256 |
|
---|
6257 | <listitem>
|
---|
6258 | <para>
|
---|
6259 | A VM configured for Hyper-V paravirtualization running a
|
---|
6260 | Windows Vista or newer Windows guest. You may check the
|
---|
6261 | effective paravirtualization provider for your VM from the
|
---|
6262 | output of the following VBoxManage command:
|
---|
6263 | </para>
|
---|
6264 |
|
---|
6265 | <para>
|
---|
6266 | <screen>VBoxManage showvminfo "VM name"</screen>
|
---|
6267 | </para>
|
---|
6268 | </listitem>
|
---|
6269 |
|
---|
6270 | <listitem>
|
---|
6271 | <para>
|
---|
6272 | A sufficiently up-to-date version of the Microsoft WinDbg
|
---|
6273 | debugger required to debug the version of Windows in your
|
---|
6274 | VM.
|
---|
6275 | </para>
|
---|
6276 | </listitem>
|
---|
6277 |
|
---|
6278 | <listitem>
|
---|
6279 | <para>
|
---|
6280 | While Windows 8 and newer Windows guests ship with Hyper-V
|
---|
6281 | debug support, Windows 7 and Vista do not. To use Hyper-V
|
---|
6282 | debugging with a Windows 7 or Vista guest, copy the file
|
---|
6283 | <computeroutput>kdvm.dll</computeroutput> from a Windows
|
---|
6284 | 8.0 installation
|
---|
6285 |
|
---|
6286 | <footnote>
|
---|
6287 |
|
---|
6288 | <para>
|
---|
6289 | Only Windows 8.0 ships
|
---|
6290 | <computeroutput>kdvm.dll</computeroutput>. Windows 8.1
|
---|
6291 | and newer Windows versions do not.
|
---|
6292 | </para>
|
---|
6293 |
|
---|
6294 | </footnote>
|
---|
6295 |
|
---|
6296 | . This file is typically located in
|
---|
6297 | <computeroutput>C:\Windows\System32</computeroutput>. Copy
|
---|
6298 | it to the same location in your Windows 7/Vista guest.
|
---|
6299 | Make sure you copy the 32-bit or 64-bit version of the DLL
|
---|
6300 | which matches your guest OS.
|
---|
6301 | </para>
|
---|
6302 | </listitem>
|
---|
6303 |
|
---|
6304 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6305 |
|
---|
6306 | <para>
|
---|
6307 | <emphasis role="bold">VM and Guest Configuration</emphasis>
|
---|
6308 | </para>
|
---|
6309 |
|
---|
6310 | <orderedlist>
|
---|
6311 |
|
---|
6312 | <listitem>
|
---|
6313 | <para>
|
---|
6314 | Power off the VM.
|
---|
6315 | </para>
|
---|
6316 | </listitem>
|
---|
6317 |
|
---|
6318 | <listitem>
|
---|
6319 | <para>
|
---|
6320 | Enable the debug options by executing the following
|
---|
6321 | VBoxManage command:
|
---|
6322 | </para>
|
---|
6323 |
|
---|
6324 | <para>
|
---|
6325 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --paravirtdebug "enabled=1"</screen>
|
---|
6326 | </para>
|
---|
6327 |
|
---|
6328 | <para>
|
---|
6329 | The above command assumes your debugger will connect to
|
---|
6330 | your host machine on UDP port 50000. However, if you need
|
---|
6331 | to run the debugger on a remote machine you may specify
|
---|
6332 | the remote address and port here. For example::
|
---|
6333 | </para>
|
---|
6334 |
|
---|
6335 | <para>
|
---|
6336 | <screen>VBoxManage modifyvm "VM name" --paravirtdebug "enabled=1,address=192.168.32.1,port=55000"</screen>
|
---|
6337 | </para>
|
---|
6338 |
|
---|
6339 | <para>
|
---|
6340 | See <xref linkend="gimdebughyperv" /> for the complete set
|
---|
6341 | of options.
|
---|
6342 | </para>
|
---|
6343 | </listitem>
|
---|
6344 |
|
---|
6345 | <listitem>
|
---|
6346 | <para>
|
---|
6347 | Start the VM.
|
---|
6348 | </para>
|
---|
6349 | </listitem>
|
---|
6350 |
|
---|
6351 | <listitem>
|
---|
6352 | <para>
|
---|
6353 | In the guest, start an elevated command prompt and execute
|
---|
6354 | the following commands:
|
---|
6355 | </para>
|
---|
6356 |
|
---|
6357 | <itemizedlist>
|
---|
6358 |
|
---|
6359 | <listitem>
|
---|
6360 | <para>
|
---|
6361 | For a Windows 8 or newer Windows guest:
|
---|
6362 | </para>
|
---|
6363 |
|
---|
6364 | <para>
|
---|
6365 | <screen>bcdedit /dbgsettings net hostip:5.5.5.5 port:50000 key:1.2.3.4</screen>
|
---|
6366 | </para>
|
---|
6367 | </listitem>
|
---|
6368 |
|
---|
6369 | <listitem>
|
---|
6370 | <para>
|
---|
6371 | For a Windows 7 or Vista guest:
|
---|
6372 | </para>
|
---|
6373 |
|
---|
6374 | <para>
|
---|
6375 | <screen>bcdedit /set loadoptions host_ip=5.5.5.5,host_port=50000,encryption_key=1.2.3.4</screen>
|
---|
6376 |
|
---|
6377 | <screen>bcdedit /set dbgtransport kdvm.dll</screen>
|
---|
6378 | </para>
|
---|
6379 |
|
---|
6380 | <para>
|
---|
6381 | The IP address and port in the
|
---|
6382 | <computeroutput>bcdedit</computeroutput> command are
|
---|
6383 | ignored when using the Hyper-V debug transport. Any
|
---|
6384 | valid IP and a port number greater than 49151 and
|
---|
6385 | lower than 65536 can be entered.
|
---|
6386 | </para>
|
---|
6387 |
|
---|
6388 | <para>
|
---|
6389 | The encryption key in the
|
---|
6390 | <computeroutput>bcdedit</computeroutput> command is
|
---|
6391 | relevant and must be valid. The key "1.2.3.4" used in
|
---|
6392 | the above example is valid and may be used if security
|
---|
6393 | is not a concern. If you do not specify any encryption
|
---|
6394 | key, <computeroutput>bcdedit</computeroutput> will
|
---|
6395 | generate one for you and you will need to copy this
|
---|
6396 | key to later enter in Microsoft WinDbg on the remote
|
---|
6397 | end. This encryption key is used to encrypt the debug
|
---|
6398 | data exchanged between Windows and the debugger.
|
---|
6399 | </para>
|
---|
6400 | </listitem>
|
---|
6401 |
|
---|
6402 | <listitem>
|
---|
6403 | <para>
|
---|
6404 | Execute one or more of the following commands to
|
---|
6405 | enable debugging for the appropriate phase or
|
---|
6406 | component of your Windows guest:
|
---|
6407 | </para>
|
---|
6408 |
|
---|
6409 | <para>
|
---|
6410 | <screen>bcdedit /set debug on</screen>
|
---|
6411 |
|
---|
6412 | <screen>bcdedit /set bootdebug on</screen>
|
---|
6413 |
|
---|
6414 | <screen>bcdedit /set {bootmgr} bootdebug on</screen>
|
---|
6415 | </para>
|
---|
6416 |
|
---|
6417 | <para>
|
---|
6418 | Please note that the
|
---|
6419 | <computeroutput>bootdebug</computeroutput> options are
|
---|
6420 | only effective on Windows 8 or newer when using the
|
---|
6421 | Hyper-V debug transport. Refer to Microsoft Windows
|
---|
6422 | documentation for detailed explanation of
|
---|
6423 | <computeroutput>bcdedit</computeroutput> options.
|
---|
6424 | </para>
|
---|
6425 | </listitem>
|
---|
6426 |
|
---|
6427 | </itemizedlist>
|
---|
6428 | </listitem>
|
---|
6429 |
|
---|
6430 | <listitem>
|
---|
6431 | <para>
|
---|
6432 | Start Microsoft WinDbg on your host machine or remote
|
---|
6433 | host.
|
---|
6434 | </para>
|
---|
6435 |
|
---|
6436 | <para>
|
---|
6437 | From the <emphasis role="bold">File</emphasis> menu,
|
---|
6438 | select <emphasis role="bold">Kernel Debug</emphasis>. On
|
---|
6439 | the NET tab, specify the UDP port number you used in the
|
---|
6440 | <computeroutput>paravirtdebug</computeroutput> options. If
|
---|
6441 | you did not specify any, leave it as 50000. Ensure that
|
---|
6442 | the UDP port is not blocked by a firewall or other
|
---|
6443 | security software.
|
---|
6444 | </para>
|
---|
6445 |
|
---|
6446 | <para>
|
---|
6447 | In the Key field, enter
|
---|
6448 | <computeroutput>1.2.3.4</computeroutput> or the encryption
|
---|
6449 | key from the <computeroutput>bcdedit</computeroutput>
|
---|
6450 | command in your Windows guest.
|
---|
6451 | </para>
|
---|
6452 |
|
---|
6453 | <para>
|
---|
6454 | Click <emphasis role="bold">OK</emphasis> to start
|
---|
6455 | listening for connections. Microsoft WinDbg typically
|
---|
6456 | shows a "Waiting to reconnect" message during this phase.
|
---|
6457 | </para>
|
---|
6458 |
|
---|
6459 | <para>
|
---|
6460 | Alternatively, launch WinDbg from the command line to
|
---|
6461 | directly start a debug session:
|
---|
6462 |
|
---|
6463 | <screen>windbg.exe -k net:port=50000,key=1.2.3.4</screen>
|
---|
6464 |
|
---|
6465 | Please refer to the WinDbg documentation for complete
|
---|
6466 | command line syntax.
|
---|
6467 | </para>
|
---|
6468 | </listitem>
|
---|
6469 |
|
---|
6470 | <listitem>
|
---|
6471 | <para>
|
---|
6472 | Reboot your Windows guest and it should then connect as a
|
---|
6473 | debuggee with Microsoft WinDbg.
|
---|
6474 | </para>
|
---|
6475 | </listitem>
|
---|
6476 |
|
---|
6477 | </orderedlist>
|
---|
6478 |
|
---|
6479 | </sect3>
|
---|
6480 |
|
---|
6481 | </sect2>
|
---|
6482 |
|
---|
6483 | </sect1>
|
---|
6484 |
|
---|
6485 | <sect1 id="pcspeaker_passthrough">
|
---|
6486 |
|
---|
6487 | <title>PC Speaker Passthrough</title>
|
---|
6488 |
|
---|
6489 | <para>
|
---|
6490 | As an experimental feature, primarily due to being limited to
|
---|
6491 | Linux host only and unknown Linux distribution coverage,
|
---|
6492 | VirtualBox supports passing through the PC speaker to the host.
|
---|
6493 | The PC speaker, sometimes called the system speaker, is a way to
|
---|
6494 | produce audible feedback such as beeps without the need for
|
---|
6495 | regular audio and sound card support.
|
---|
6496 | </para>
|
---|
6497 |
|
---|
6498 | <para>
|
---|
6499 | The PC speaker passthrough feature in VirtualBox handles beeps
|
---|
6500 | only. Advanced PC speaker use by the VM, such as PCM audio, will
|
---|
6501 | not work, resulting in undefined host behavior.
|
---|
6502 | </para>
|
---|
6503 |
|
---|
6504 | <para>
|
---|
6505 | Producing beeps on Linux is a very complex topic. VirtualBox
|
---|
6506 | offers a collection of options, in an attempt to make this work
|
---|
6507 | deterministically and reliably on as many Linux distributions and
|
---|
6508 | system configurations as possible. These are summarized in
|
---|
6509 | <xref linkend="table-pcspeaker-config"/>.
|
---|
6510 | </para>
|
---|
6511 |
|
---|
6512 | <table id="table-pcspeaker-config">
|
---|
6513 | <title>PC Speaker Configuration Options</title>
|
---|
6514 | <tgroup cols="3">
|
---|
6515 | <thead>
|
---|
6516 | <row>
|
---|
6517 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Code</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
6518 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Device</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
6519 | <entry><emphasis role="bold">Notes</emphasis></entry>
|
---|
6520 | </row>
|
---|
6521 | </thead>
|
---|
6522 | <tbody>
|
---|
6523 | <row>
|
---|
6524 | <entry>1</entry>
|
---|
6525 | <entry><computeroutput>/dev/input/ by-path/platform-
|
---|
6526 | pcspkr-event-spkr</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
6527 | <entry>Direct host PC speaker use.</entry>
|
---|
6528 | </row>
|
---|
6529 | <row>
|
---|
6530 | <entry>2</entry>
|
---|
6531 | <entry><computeroutput>/dev/tty</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
6532 | <entry>Uses the terminal association of the VM process. VM needs to be started
|
---|
6533 | on a virtual console.</entry>
|
---|
6534 | </row>
|
---|
6535 | <row>
|
---|
6536 | <entry>3</entry>
|
---|
6537 | <entry><computeroutput>/dev/tty0</computeroutput> or
|
---|
6538 | <computeroutput>/dev/vc/0</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
6539 | <entry>Can only be used by user <computeroutput>root</computeroutput> or users
|
---|
6540 | with capability
|
---|
6541 | <computeroutput>cap_sys_tty_config</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
6542 | </row>
|
---|
6543 | <row>
|
---|
6544 | <entry>9</entry>
|
---|
6545 | <entry>user specified console or evdev device path</entry>
|
---|
6546 | <entry>Like 1-3, just with a custom device path.</entry>
|
---|
6547 | </row>
|
---|
6548 | <row>
|
---|
6549 | <entry>70</entry>
|
---|
6550 | <entry><computeroutput>/dev/tty</computeroutput></entry>
|
---|
6551 | <entry>Standard beep only. Loses frequency and length. See code 2.</entry>
|
---|
6552 | </row>
|
---|
6553 | <row>
|
---|
6554 | <entry>79</entry>
|
---|
6555 | <entry>user specified terminal device path</entry>
|
---|
6556 | <entry>Like 70, just with a custom device path.</entry>
|
---|
6557 | </row>
|
---|
6558 | <row>
|
---|
6559 | <entry>100</entry>
|
---|
6560 | <entry>all of the above</entry>
|
---|
6561 | <entry>Tries all above codes.</entry>
|
---|
6562 | </row>
|
---|
6563 | </tbody>
|
---|
6564 | </tgroup>
|
---|
6565 | </table>
|
---|
6566 |
|
---|
6567 | <para>
|
---|
6568 | To enable PC speaker passthrough use the following command:
|
---|
6569 |
|
---|
6570 | <screen>VBoxManage setextradata "VM name" "VBoxInternal/Devices/i8254/0/Config/PassthroughSpeaker" N</screen>
|
---|
6571 |
|
---|
6572 | Replace <computeroutput>N</computeroutput> with the code
|
---|
6573 | representing the case you want to use. Changing this setting will
|
---|
6574 | take effect when the VM is started next. It is safe to enable PC
|
---|
6575 | speaker passthrough on all host OSes. It will only have an effect
|
---|
6576 | on Linux.
|
---|
6577 | </para>
|
---|
6578 |
|
---|
6579 | <para>
|
---|
6580 | The VM log file, <computeroutput>VBox.log</computeroutput>, will
|
---|
6581 | contain lines with the prefix <computeroutput>PIT:
|
---|
6582 | speaker:</computeroutput> showing the PC speaker passthrough setup
|
---|
6583 | activities. It gives hints which device it picked or why it
|
---|
6584 | failed.
|
---|
6585 | </para>
|
---|
6586 |
|
---|
6587 | <para>
|
---|
6588 | Enabling PC speaker passthrough for the VM is usually the simple
|
---|
6589 | part. The real difficulty is making sure that VirtualBox can
|
---|
6590 | access the necessary device, because in a typical Linux install
|
---|
6591 | most of them can only be accessed by user
|
---|
6592 | <computeroutput>root</computeroutput>. You should follow the
|
---|
6593 | preferred way to persistently change this, e.g. by referring to
|
---|
6594 | your distribution's documentation. Since there are countless Linux
|
---|
6595 | distribution variants, we can only give the general hints that
|
---|
6596 | there is often a way to give the X11 session user access to
|
---|
6597 | additional devices, or you need to find a working solution using a
|
---|
6598 | udev configuration file. If everything fails you might try setting
|
---|
6599 | the permissions using a script which is run late enough in the
|
---|
6600 | host system startup.
|
---|
6601 | </para>
|
---|
6602 |
|
---|
6603 | <para>
|
---|
6604 | Sometimes additional rules are applied by the kernel to limit
|
---|
6605 | access (e.g. that the VM process must have the same controlling
|
---|
6606 | terminal as the device configured to be used for beeping,
|
---|
6607 | something which is often very difficult to achieve for GUI
|
---|
6608 | applications such as VirtualBox). The table above contains some
|
---|
6609 | hints, but generally refer to the Linux documentation.
|
---|
6610 | </para>
|
---|
6611 |
|
---|
6612 | <para>
|
---|
6613 | If you have trouble getting any beeps even if the device
|
---|
6614 | permissions are set up and VBox.log confirms that it uses evdev or
|
---|
6615 | console for the PC speaker control, check if your system has a PC
|
---|
6616 | speaker. Some systems do not have one. Other complications can
|
---|
6617 | arise from Linux rerouting the PC speaker output to a sound card.
|
---|
6618 | Check if the beeps are audible if you connect speakers to your
|
---|
6619 | sound card. Today almost all systems have one. Finally, check if
|
---|
6620 | the audio mixer control has a channel named "beep" (could be
|
---|
6621 | hidden in the mixer settings) and that it is not muted.
|
---|
6622 | </para>
|
---|
6623 |
|
---|
6624 | </sect1>
|
---|
6625 |
|
---|
6626 | <sect1 id="usbip">
|
---|
6627 |
|
---|
6628 | <title>Accessing USB devices Exposed Over the Network with USB/IP</title>
|
---|
6629 |
|
---|
6630 | <para>
|
---|
6631 | Starting with 5.1.0, VirtualBox supports passing through USB
|
---|
6632 | devices which are exposed over the network using the USB over IP
|
---|
6633 | protocol without the need to configure the client side provided by
|
---|
6634 | the kernel and usbip tools. Furthermore, this feature works with
|
---|
6635 | VirtualBox running on any supported host, rather than just Linux
|
---|
6636 | alone, as is the case with the official client.
|
---|
6637 | </para>
|
---|
6638 |
|
---|
6639 | <para>
|
---|
6640 | To enable support for passing through USB/IP devices, the device
|
---|
6641 | server exporting the devices must be added with the following
|
---|
6642 | command:
|
---|
6643 |
|
---|
6644 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource add "Unique name" --backend "USBIP" --address "Device server[:port]"</screen>
|
---|
6645 |
|
---|
6646 | USB devices exported on the device server are then accessible
|
---|
6647 | through the GUI or VBoxManage, like any USB devices attached
|
---|
6648 | locally. This can be used multiple times to access different
|
---|
6649 | device servers.
|
---|
6650 | </para>
|
---|
6651 |
|
---|
6652 | <para>
|
---|
6653 | To remove a device server, the following command can be used:
|
---|
6654 |
|
---|
6655 | <screen>VBoxManage usbdevsource remove "Unique name"</screen>
|
---|
6656 | </para>
|
---|
6657 |
|
---|
6658 | <sect2 id="usbip-setup-server">
|
---|
6659 |
|
---|
6660 | <title>Setting up USB/IP Support on a Linux System</title>
|
---|
6661 |
|
---|
6662 | <para>
|
---|
6663 | This section gives a brief overview on how to set up a Linux
|
---|
6664 | based system to act as a USB device server. The system on the
|
---|
6665 | server requires that the
|
---|
6666 | <computeroutput>usbip-core.ko</computeroutput> and
|
---|
6667 | <computeroutput>usbip-host.ko</computeroutput> kernel drivers
|
---|
6668 | are available, and that the USB/IP tools package is installed.
|
---|
6669 | The particular installation method for the necessary tools
|
---|
6670 | depends on which distribution is used. For example, for Debian
|
---|
6671 | based systems - the following command should be used to install
|
---|
6672 | the required tools:
|
---|
6673 |
|
---|
6674 | <screen>apt-get install usbip-utils</screen>
|
---|
6675 | </para>
|
---|
6676 |
|
---|
6677 | <para>
|
---|
6678 | To check whether the necessary tools are already installed use
|
---|
6679 | the following command:
|
---|
6680 |
|
---|
6681 | <screen>
|
---|
6682 | $ usbip list -l
|
---|
6683 | </screen>
|
---|
6684 | </para>
|
---|
6685 |
|
---|
6686 | <para>
|
---|
6687 | This should produce output similar to that shown in the example
|
---|
6688 | below:
|
---|
6689 |
|
---|
6690 | <screen>
|
---|
6691 | - busid 4-2 (0bda:0301)
|
---|
6692 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp. : multicard reader (0bda:0301)
|
---|
6693 |
|
---|
6694 | - busid 5-1 (046d:c52b)
|
---|
6695 | Logitech, Inc. : Unifying Receiver (046d:c52b)
|
---|
6696 | </screen>
|
---|
6697 | </para>
|
---|
6698 |
|
---|
6699 | <para>
|
---|
6700 | If everything is installed, the USB/IP server needs to be
|
---|
6701 | started as <computeroutput>root</computeroutput> using the
|
---|
6702 | following command:
|
---|
6703 |
|
---|
6704 | <screen>usbipd -D</screen>
|
---|
6705 |
|
---|
6706 | Refer to the documentation for the installed distribution to
|
---|
6707 | determine how to start the service when the system boots.
|
---|
6708 | </para>
|
---|
6709 |
|
---|
6710 | <para>
|
---|
6711 | By default, no device on the server is exported. This must be
|
---|
6712 | done manually for each device. To export a device use:
|
---|
6713 |
|
---|
6714 | <screen>usbip bind -b "bus identifier"</screen>
|
---|
6715 |
|
---|
6716 | To export the multicard reader from above, for example - use:
|
---|
6717 |
|
---|
6718 | <screen>usbip bind -b 4-2</screen>
|
---|
6719 | </para>
|
---|
6720 |
|
---|
6721 | </sect2>
|
---|
6722 |
|
---|
6723 | <sect2 id="usbip-security">
|
---|
6724 |
|
---|
6725 | <title>Security Considerations</title>
|
---|
6726 |
|
---|
6727 | <para>
|
---|
6728 | The communication between the server and client is unencrypted
|
---|
6729 | and there is no authorization required to access exported
|
---|
6730 | devices. An attacker might sniff sensitive data or gain control
|
---|
6731 | over a device. To mitigate this risk, the device should be
|
---|
6732 | exposed over a local network to which only trusted clients have
|
---|
6733 | access. To access the device remotely over a public network, a
|
---|
6734 | VPN solution should be used to provide the required level of
|
---|
6735 | security protection.
|
---|
6736 | </para>
|
---|
6737 |
|
---|
6738 | </sect2>
|
---|
6739 |
|
---|
6740 | </sect1>
|
---|
6741 |
|
---|
6742 | <xi:include href="user_isomakercmd-man.xml" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" />
|
---|
6743 |
|
---|
6744 | </chapter>
|
---|